Difference between revisions of "Directory:Jon Awbrey/Papers/Dynamics And Logic"

MyWikiBiz, Author Your Legacy — Friday November 08, 2024
Jump to navigationJump to search
(markup document history)
(add cats)
 
(80 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Dynamics And Logic}}
 
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Dynamics And Logic}}
<pre>
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
DAL.  Dynamics And Logic
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
DAL.  Note 1
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
  
I am going to excerpt some of my previous explorations
+
'''Note.'''  Many problems with the sucky MathJax on this page.  The parser apparently reads 4 tildes inside math brackets the way it would in the external wiki environment, in other words, as signature tags. [[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]] ([[User talk:Jon Awbrey|talk]]) 18:00, 5 December 2014 (UTC)
on differential logic and dynamic systems and bring them
 
to bear on the sorts of discrete dynamical themes that we
 
find of interest in the NKS Forum.  This adaptation draws on
 
the "Cactus Rules", "Propositional Equation Reasoning Systems",
 
and "Reductions Among Relations" threads, and will in time be
 
applied to the "Differential Analytic Turing Automata" thread:
 
  
CR.    http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=256
+
==Note 1==
PERS.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=297
 
RAR.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=400
 
DATA.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=228
 
  
One of the first things that you can do, once you have
+
I am going to excerpt some of my previous explorations on differential logic and dynamic systems and bring them to bear on the sorts of discrete dynamical themes that we find of interest in the NKS Forum.  This adaptation draws on the "Cactus Rules", "Propositional Equation Reasoning Systems", and "Reductions Among Relations" threads, and will in time be applied to the "Differential Analytic Turing Automata" thread:
a moderately functional calculus for boolean functions
 
or propositional logic, whatever you choose to call it,
 
is to start thinking about, and even start computing,
 
the differentials of these functions or propositions.
 
  
Let us start with a proposition of the form "p and q",
+
:* CR.    http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=256
that is graphed as two labels attached to a root node:
+
:* PERS.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=297
 +
:* RAR.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=400
 +
:* DATA.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=228
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
One of the first things that you can do, once you have a moderately efficient calculus for boolean functions or propositional logic, whatever you choose to call it, is to start thinking about, and even start computing, the differentials of these functions or propositions.
|                                                |
 
|                      p q                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                    p and q                    |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Written as a string, this is just the concatenation "p q".
+
Let us start with a proposition of the form <math>p ~\operatorname{and}~ q</math> that is graphed as two labels attached to a root node:
  
The proposition pq may be taken as a boolean function f<p, q>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
having the abstract type f : B x B -> B, where B = {0, 1} is
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential P And Q.jpg|500px]]
read in such a way that 0 means "false" and 1 means "true".
+
|}
  
In this style of graphical representation,
+
Written as a string, this is just the concatenation <math>p~q</math>.
the value "true" looks like a blank label
 
and the value "false" looks like an edge.
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
The proposition <math>pq\!</math> may be taken as a boolean function <math>f(p, q)\!</math> having the abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B},</math> where <math>\mathbb{B} = \{ 0, 1 \}</math> is read in such a way that <math>0\!</math> means <math>\operatorname{false}</math> and <math>1\!</math> means <math>\operatorname{true}.</math>
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                      true                       |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
In this style of graphical representation, the value <math>\operatorname{true}</math> looks like a blank label and the value <math>\operatorname{false}</math> looks like an edge.
|                                                |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                      false                     |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Back to the proposition pq. Imagine yourself standing
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say,
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential True.jpg|500px]]
the cell where the proposition pq is true, as pictured:
+
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential False.jpg|500px]]
|                                                |
+
|}
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|        /            \ /            \        |
 
|        /              o              \        |
 
|      /              /%\              \      |
 
|      /              /%%%\              \      |
 
|    o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |      P      |%%%%%|      Q      |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|     o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|     \              \%%%/              /      |
 
|      \              \%/              /      |
 
|        \              o              /        |
 
|        \            / \            /        |
 
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Now ask yourself:  What is the value of the
+
Back to the proposition <math>pq.\!</math>  Imagine yourself standing in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say, the cell where the proposition <math>pq\!</math> is true, as shown in the following Figure:
proposition pq at a distance of dp and dq
 
from the cell pq where you are standing?
 
  
Don't think about it -- just compute:
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P And Q.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
Now ask yourself:  What is the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> at a distance of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> from the cell <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing?
|                                                |
 
|                  dp o  o dq                  |
 
|                    / \ / \                     |
 
|                  p o---@---o q                 |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                (p, dp) (q, dq)                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
To make future graphs easier to draw in Asciiland,
+
Don't think about it &mdash; just compute:
I'll use devices like @=@=@ and o=o=o to identify
 
several nodes into one, as in this next redrawing:
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                 |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
|                  p  dp q  dq                  |
+
|}
|                  o---o o---o                  |
 
|                    \  | |  /                    |
 
|                    \ | | /                    |
 
|                      \| |/                      |
 
|                      @=@                      |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                 (p, dp) (q, dq)                 |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
However you draw it, these expressions follow because the
+
The cactus formula <math>\texttt{(p, dp)(q, dq)}</math> and its corresponding graph arise by substituting <math>p + \operatorname{d}p</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>q + \operatorname{d}q</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the boolean product or logical conjunction <math>pq\!</math> and writing the result in the two dialects of cactus syntax.  This follows from the fact that the boolean sum <math>p + \operatorname{d}p</math> is equivalent to the logical operation of exclusive disjunction, which parses to a cactus graph of the following form:
expression p + dp, where the plus sign indicates addition
 
in B and thus corresponds to the exclusive-or in logic,
 
parses to a graph of the following form:
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP).jpg|500px]]
|                    p    dp                    |
+
|}
|                     o---o                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                    (p, dp)                     |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
 
Next question:  What is the difference between the value of the
 
Next question:  What is the difference between the value of the
proposition pq "over there", at a remove of dp dq, and the value
+
proposition <math>pq\!</math> over there, at a distance of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q,</math> and the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing, all expressed in the form of a general formula, of course?  Here is the appropriate formulation:
of the proposition pq where you are, all expressed in the form of
 
a general formula, of course?  Here is the appropriate formulation:
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                 |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
|            p  dp q  dq                        |
+
|}
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \  | |  /                          |
 
|              \ | | /                          |
 
|                \| |/        p q                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                 \          /                  |
 
|                  \        /                  |
 
|                    \      /                    |
 
|                    \    /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|              ((p, dp)(q, dq), p q)             |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point:
+
There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point: Computed over <math>\mathbb{B},</math> plus and minus are identical operations. This will make the relation between the differential and the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.
Computed over B, plus and minus are identical operations.
 
This will make the relation between the differential and
 
the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly
 
stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.
 
  
Last question, for now:  What is the value of this expression
+
Last question, for now:  What is the value of this expression from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point where <math>pq\!</math> is true?  Well, substituting <math>1\!</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>1\!</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the graph amounts to erasing the labels <math>p\!</math> and <math>q\!,</math> as shown here:
from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point
 
where pq is true?  Well, substituting 1 for p and 1 for q in
 
the graph amounts to erasing the labels "p" and "q", like so:
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                 |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (( ,dP)( ,dQ), ).jpg|500px]]
|                dp    dq                        |
+
|}
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \  | |  /                          |
 
|              \ | | /                          |
 
|                \| |/                            |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                 \          /                  |
 
|                  \        /                  |
 
|                    \      /                    |
 
|                    \    /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|              (( , dp)( , dq),   )             |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
 
And this is equivalent to the following graph:
 
And this is equivalent to the following graph:
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|                                                |
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
|                    dp  dq                    |
+
|}
|                      o  o                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                       |                        |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                  ((dp) (dq))                   |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
==Note 2==
  
DAL. Note 2
+
We have just met with the fact that the differential of the '''''and''''' is the '''''or''''' of the differentials.
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
p ~\operatorname{and}~ q
 +
& \quad &
 +
\xrightarrow{\quad\operatorname{Diff}\quad}
 +
& \quad &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{or}~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
We have just met with the fact that
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
the differential of the "and" is
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Diff ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
the "or" of the differentials.
+
|}
  
p and q --Diff--> dp or dq.
+
It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of that statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
If the form of the above statement reminds you of De&nbsp;Morgan's rule, it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be closely related operations.  Indeed, one can find discussions of logical difference calculus in the Boole&ndash;De&nbsp;Morgan correspondence and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the lack of a syntax that was adequate to handle the complexity of expressions that evolve.
|                                                |
 
|                                    dp  dq      |
 
|                                    o  o      |
 
|                                      \ /        |
 
|                                      o        |
 
|        p q                            |        |
 
|        @          --Diff-->          @        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|        p q        --Diff-->    ((dp) (dq))    |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of
+
Let us run through the initial example again, this time attempting to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way.
this statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.
 
  
If the form of the above statement reminds you of DeMorgan's rule,
+
We begin with a proposition or a boolean function <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be
 
closely related operations.  Indeed, one can find discussions of
 
logical difference calculus in the Boole-DeMorgan correspondence
 
and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical
 
context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered
 
by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the
 
lack of a syntax that was up to handling the complexity of
 
the expressions that evolve.
 
  
Let us run through the initial example again, this time attempting
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way.
+
| [[Image:Venn Diagram F = P And Q.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph F = P And Q.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
We begin with a proposition, or a boolean function, f<p, q> = pq.
+
A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type.  The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}</math> or <math>f : \mathbb{B}^2 \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  The concrete type takes into account the qualitative dimensions or the "units" of the case, which can be explained as follows.
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
|                                                |
+
| Let <math>P\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)},~ p \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ p,~ p \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.</math>
|                                                 |
+
|-
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
+
| Let <math>Q\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ q \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ q,~ q \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.</math>
|        /             \ /            \         |
+
|}
|        /              o              \       |
 
|      /              /%\               \       |
 
|      /              /%%%\               \     |
 
|     o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|     |      P      |% F %|      Q       |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|      \               \%%%/              /      |
 
|      \               \%/              /      |
 
|        \               o              /        |
 
|        \             / \             /         |
 
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                       p q                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| f =                  p q                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type.
+
Then interpret the usual propositions about <math>p, q\!</math> as functions of the concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like
 
f : B x B -> B or f : B^2 -> B.  The concrete type takes into
 
account the qualitative dimensions or the "units" of the case,
 
which can be explained as follows.
 
  
  Let !P! be the set of two values {(p), p} = {not-p, p} ~=~ B
+
We are going to consider various ''operators'' on these functions.  Here, an operator <math>\operatorname{F}</math> is a function that takes one function <math>f\!</math> into another function <math>\operatorname{F}f.</math>
  
  Let !Q! be the set of two values {(q), q} = {not-q, q} ~=~ B
+
The first couple of operators that we need to consider are logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role in the classical finite difference calculus, namely:
  
Then interpret the usual propositions about p, q
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
as functions of concrete type f : !P! x !Q! -> B.
+
| The ''difference operator'' <math>\Delta,\!</math> written here as <math>\operatorname{D}.</math>
 +
|-
 +
| The ''enlargement" operator'' <math>\Epsilon,\!</math> written here as <math>\operatorname{E}.</math>
 +
|}
  
We are going to consider various "operators" on these functions.
+
These days, <math>\operatorname{E}</math> is more often called the ''shift operator''.
Here, an operator W is a function that takes one function f into
 
another function Wf.
 
  
The first couple of operators that we need to consider are
+
In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate, it is necessary to enlarge the original universe of discourse.  Starting from the initial space <math>X = P \times Q,</math> its ''(first order) differential extension'' <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> is constructed according to the following specifications:
logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role
 
in the classical "finite difference calculus", namely:
 
  
  The "difference" operator [capital Delta], written here as D.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
 +
\operatorname{E}X & = & X \times \operatorname{d}X
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
  The "enlargement" operator [capital Epsilon], written here as E.
+
where:
  
These days, E is more often called the "shift" operator.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
 +
X
 +
& = &
 +
P \times Q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{d}X
 +
& = &
 +
\operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{d}P
 +
& = &
 +
\{ \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \operatorname{d}p \}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{d}Q
 +
& = &
 +
\{ \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)},~ \operatorname{d}q \}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate,
+
The interpretations of these new symbols can be diverse, but the easiest option for now is just to say that <math>\operatorname{d}p\!</math> means "change <math>p\!</math>" and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> means "change <math>q\!</math>".
it will be necessary to enlarge our original universe of discourse.
 
  
Starting out from the initial space X = !P! x !Q!, we
+
Drawing a venn diagram for the differential extension <math>\operatorname{E}X = X \times \operatorname{d}X</math> requires four logical dimensions, <math>P, Q, \operatorname{d}P, \operatorname{d}Q,</math> but it is possible to project a suggestion of what the differential features <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> are about on the 2-dimensional base space <math>X = P \times Q</math> by drawing arrows that cross the boundaries of the basic circles in the venn diagram for <math>X\!,</math> reading an arrow as <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>p\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}</math> in either direction and reading an arrow as <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>q\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}</math> in either direction.
construct its (first order) "differential extension":
 
  
  EX  = X x dX  = !P! x !Q! x d!P! x d!Q!
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P Q dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
  where:
+
Propositions are formed on differential variables, or any combination of ordinary logical variables and differential logical variables, in the same ways that propositions are formed on ordinary logical variables alone.  For example, the proposition <math>\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))}</math> says the same thing as  <math>\operatorname{d}p \Rightarrow \operatorname{d}q,</math> in other words, that there is no change in <math>p\!</math> without a change in <math>q.\!</math>
  
    X  =   !P! x !Q!
+
==Note 3==
  
    dX  =  d!P! x d!Q!
+
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over the space <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> over the differential extension <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> that is defined by the
 
 
  d!P!  =  {(dp), dp}
 
 
 
  d!Q!  =  {(dq), dq}
 
 
 
The interpretations of these new symbols can be diverse,
 
but the easiest interpretation for now is just to say
 
that "dp" means "change p" and "dq" means "change q".
 
 
 
Drawing a venn diagram for the differential extension EX = X x dX
 
requires four logical dimensions, !P!, !Q!, d!P!, d!Q!, but it is
 
possible to project a suggestion of what the differential features
 
dp and dq are about on the 2-dimensional base space X = !P! x !Q!
 
by drawing arrows that cross the boundaries of the basic circles
 
in the venn diagram for X, reading an arrow as dp if it crosses
 
the boundary between p and (p) in either direction and reading
 
an arrow as dq if it crosses the boundary between q and (q)
 
in either direction.
 
 
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|        /            \ /            \        |
 
|        /      p      o      q      \        |
 
|      /              /%\              \      |
 
|      /              /%%%\              \      |
 
|    o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |        dq    |%%%%%|    dp        |    |
 
|    |    <---------|--o--|--------->    |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|      \              \%%%/               /      |
 
|      \              \%/              /      |
 
|        \              o              /        |
 
|        \            / \            /        |
 
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
 
 
We can form propositions from these differential variables
 
in the same way that we would any other logical variables,
 
for example, taking the differential proposition (dp (dq))
 
as saying that dp implies dq, in other words, that there
 
is "no change in p without a change in q".
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 3
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
Given the proposition f<p, q> over the space X = !P! x !Q!,
 
the (first order) "enlargement" of f is the proposition Ef
 
over the differential extension EX that is defined by the
 
 
following formula:
 
following formula:
  
  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \operatorname{d}p,~ q + \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} )
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  =  f<p + dp, q + dq>
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> is computed as follows:
  
  = f<(p, dp), (q, dq)>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
(p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
In the example f<p, q> = pq, the enlargement Ef is given by:
+
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the ''(first order) difference'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> over <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> that is defined by the formula <math>\operatorname{D}f = \operatorname{E}f - f,</math> or, written out in full:
  
  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{D}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \operatorname{d}p,~ q + \operatorname{d}q) - f(p, q)
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{(} f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} ),~ f(p, q) \texttt{)}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  =  [p + dp][q + dq]
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the difference <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> is computed as follows:
  
  = (p, dp)(q, dq)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{D}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
(p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q) - pq
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{((} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}, pq \texttt{)}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
We did not yet go through the trouble to interpret this (first order) ''difference of conjunction'' fully, but were happy simply to evaluate it with respect to a single location in the universe of discourse, namely, at the point picked out by the singular proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, at the place where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math> This evaluation is written in the form <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{pq}</math> or <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(1, 1)},</math> and we arrived at the locally applicable law that is stated and illustrated as follows:
|                                                |
 
|                  p dp q dq                  |
 
|                  o---o o---o                  |
 
|                    | |  /                    |
 
|                    \ | | /                     |
 
|                      \| |/                      |
 
|                      @=@                      |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Ef =            (p, dp) (q, dq)                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Given the proposition f<p, q> over X = !P! x !Q!, the
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
(first order) "difference" of f is the proposition Df
+
|
over EX that is defined by the formula Df = Ef - f, or,
+
<math>f(p, q) ~=~ pq ~=~ p ~\operatorname{and}~ q \quad \Rightarrow \quad \operatorname{D}f|_{pq} ~=~ \texttt{((} \operatorname{dp} \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))} ~=~ \operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{or}~ \operatorname{d}q</math>
written out in full:
+
|-
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
  Df<p, q, dp, dq>
+
The picture shows the analysis of the inclusive disjunction <math>\texttt{((} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))}</math> into the following exclusive disjunction:
  
  = f<p + dp, q + dq> - f<p, q>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
& + &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{d}q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  =  (f<(p, dp), (q, dq)>, f<p, q>)
+
The differential proposition that results may be interpreted to say "change <math>p\!</math> or change <math>q\!</math> or both".  And this can be recognized as just what you need to do if you happen to find yourself in the center cell and require a complete and detailed description of ways to escape it.
  
In the example f<p, q> = pq, the difference Df is given by:
+
==Note 4==
  
  Df<p, q, dp, dq>
+
Last time we computed what is variously called the ''difference map'', the ''difference proposition'', or the ''local proposition'' <math>\operatorname{D}f_x</math> of the proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> at the point <math>x\!</math> where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math>
  
  = [p + dp][q + dq] - pq
+
In the universe <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the four propositions <math>pq,~ p \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} q,~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)(} q \texttt{)}</math> that indicate the "cells", or the smallest regions of the venn diagram, are called ''singular propositions''.  These serve as an alternative notation for naming the points <math>(1, 1),~ (1, 0),~ (0, 1),~ (0, 0),\!</math> respectively.
  
  = ((p, dp)(q, dq), pq)
+
Thus we can write <math>\operatorname{D}f_x = \operatorname{D}f|x = \operatorname{D}f|(1, 1) = \operatorname{D}f|pq,</math> so long as we know the frame of reference in force.
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the value of the difference proposition <math>\operatorname{D}f_x</math> at each of the four points in <math>x \in X\!</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
|                                                |
 
|            p dp q dq                        |
 
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \  | |  /                          |
 
|              \ | | /                          |
 
|                \| |/        p q                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                  \          /                  |
 
|                  \         /                   |
 
|                    \       /                   |
 
|                    \     /                    |
 
|                      \   /                     |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df =          ((p, dp)(q, dq), pq)            |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
We did not yet go through the trouble to interpret this (first order)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
"difference of conjunction" fully, but were happy simply to evaluate
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
it with respect to a single location in the universe of discourse,
+
|-
namely, at the point picked out by the singular proposition pq,
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@PQ = ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
in as much as if to say at the place where p = 1 and q = 1.
+
|-
This evaluation is written in the form Df|pq or Df|<1, 1>,
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
and we arrived at the locally applicable law that states
+
|-
that f = pq = p and q => Df|pq = ((dp)(dq)) = dp or dq.
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
The easy way to visualize the values of these graphical expressions is just to notice the following equivalents:
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|          o-----------o  o-----------o          |
 
|        /            \ /            \        |
 
|        /      p      o      q      \        |
 
|      /              /%\              \      |
 
|      /              /%%%\              \      |
 
|    o              o%%%%%o              o    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |      dq (dp)  |%%%%%|  dp (dq)      |    |
 
|    |  o<----------|--o--|---------->o  |    |
 
|    |              |%%|%%|              |    |
 
|    |              |%%|%%|              |    |
 
|    o              o%%|%%o              o    |
 
|      \              \%|%/              /      |
 
|      \              \|/              /      |
 
|        \              |              /        |
 
|        \            /|\            /        |
 
|          o-----------o | o-----------o          |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                      dp|dq                      |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        v                        |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                    dp  dq                    |
 
|                      o  o                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df|pq =          ((dp) (dq))                  |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
The picture illustrates the analysis of the inclusive
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
disjunction ((dp)(dq)) into the exclusive disjunction:
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Lobe Rule.jpg|500px]]
dp(dq) + (dp)dq + dp dq, a differential proposition that
+
|-
may be interpreted to say "change p or change q or both".
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Spike Rule.jpg|500px]]
And this can be recognized as just what you need to do if
+
|}
you happen to find yourself in the center cell and require
 
a complete and detailed description of ways to escape it.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
Laying out the arrows on the augmented venn diagram, one gets a picture of a ''differential vector field''.
  
DAL. Note 4
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
The Figure shows the points of the extended universe <math>\operatorname{E}X = P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q</math> that are indicated by the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> namely, the following six points or singular propositions::
  
Last time we computed what will variously be called
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
the "difference map", the "difference proposition",
+
|
or the "local proposition" Df_x for the proposition
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccc}
f<p, q> = pq at the point x where p = 1 and q = 1.
+
1. &  p  &  q  &  \operatorname{d}p &  \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\
 +
2. &  p  &  q  &  \operatorname{d}p  & (\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\
 +
3. &  p  &  q  & (\operatorname{d}p) &  \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\
 +
4. &  p  & (q) & (\operatorname{d}p) &  \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\
 +
5. & (p) &  q  &  \operatorname{d}p & (\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\
 +
6. & (p) & (q) &  \operatorname{d}p  &  \operatorname{d}q
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
In the universe X = !P! x !Q!, the four propositions
+
The information borne by <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> should be clear enough from a survey of these six points &mdash; they tell you what you have to do from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to change the value borne by <math>f(p, q),\!</math> that is, the move you have to make in order to reach a point where the value of the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> is different from what it is where you started.
pq, p(q), (p)q, (p)(q) that indicate the "cells",
 
or the smallest regions of the venn diagram, are
 
called "singular propositions".  These serve as
 
an alternative notation for naming the points
 
<1, 1>, <1, 0>, <0, 1>, <0, 0>, respectively.
 
  
Thus, we can write Df_x = Df|x = Df|<1, 1> = Df|pq,
+
==Note 5==
so long as we know the frame of reference in force.
 
  
Sticking with the example f<p, q> = pq, let us compute the
+
We have been studying the action of the difference operator <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on propositions of the form <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B},</math> as illustrated by the example <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> that is known in logic as the conjunction of <math>p\!</math> and <math>q.\!</math>  The resulting difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> is a (first order) differential proposition, that is, a proposition of the form <math>\operatorname{D}f : P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
value of the difference proposition Df at all of the points.
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
Abstracting from the augmented venn diagram that shows how the ''models'' or ''satisfying interpretations'' of <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> distribute over the extended universe of discourse <math>\operatorname{E}X = P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q,</math> the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> can be represented in the form of a ''digraph'' or ''directed graph'', one whose points are labeled with the elements of <math>X =  P \times Q</math> and whose arrows are labeled with the elements of <math>\operatorname{d}X = \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q,</math> as shown in the following Figure.
|                                                |
 
|            p  dp q  dq                        |
 
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \ | |  /                         |
 
|              \ | | /                          |
 
|                \| |/        p q                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                  \           /                  |
 
|                  \         /                  |
 
|                    \       /                   |
 
|                    \     /                     |
 
|                      \   /                     |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df =       ((p, dp)(q, dq), pq)                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
|                                                 |
+
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
|               dp    dq                        |
+
|-
|            o---o o---o                        |
+
|
|              | |  /                          |
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
|              \ | | /                          |
+
f
|                \| |/                            |
+
& = & p & \cdot & q
|                o=o-----------o                |
+
\\[4pt]
|                  \           /                  |
+
\operatorname{D}f
|                  \         /                  |
+
& = &  p  & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
|                    \       /                    |
+
\\[4pt]
|                    \     /                    |
+
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
|                      \   /                      |
+
\\[4pt]
|                      \ /                      |
+
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
|                        @                        |
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                |
+
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\end{array}</math>
| Df|pq =          ((dp) (dq))                  |
+
|}
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
Any proposition worth its salt can be analyzed from many different points of view, any one of which has the potential to reveal an unsuspected aspect of the proposition's meaning. We will encounter more and more of these alternative readings as we go.
|                                                |
 
|                  o                            |
 
|                dp | dq                        |
 
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \  | |  /                          |
 
|              \ | | /        o                |
 
|                \| |/          |                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                  \          /                  |
 
|                  \        /                  |
 
|                    \      /                    |
 
|                    \    /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df|p(q) =          (dp) dq                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
==Note 6==
|                                                |
 
|            o                                  |
 
|            |  dp    dq                        |
 
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \  | |  /                          |
 
|              \ | | /        o                |
 
|                \| |/          |                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                  \          /                  |
 
|                  \        /                  |
 
|                    \      /                    |
 
|                    \    /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df|(p)q =           dp (dq)                    |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
The ''enlargement'' or ''shift'' operator <math>\operatorname{E}</math> exhibits a wealth of interesting and useful properties in its own right, so it pays to examine a few of the more salient features that play out on the surface of our initial example, <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
|                                                |
 
|            o    o                            |
 
|            |  dp |  dq                        |
 
|            o---o o---o                        |
 
|              \ | |  /                         |
 
|              \ | | /      o  o              |
 
|                \| |/        \ /                |
 
|                o=o-----------o                |
 
|                  \          /                  |
 
|                  \        /                  |
 
|                    \      /                    |
 
|                    \    /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        @                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
| Df|(p)(q) =         dp dq                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
The easy way to visualize the values of these graphical
+
A suitably generic definition of the extended universe of discourse is afforded by the following set-up:
expressions is just to notice the following equivalents:
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
|                                                 |
+
|
|  e                                              |
+
<math>\begin{array}{lccl}
|  o-o-o-...-o-o-o                                |
+
\text{Let} &
\           /                                |
+
X
|    \         /                                  |
+
& = &
|    \       /                                  |
+
X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k.
|      \     /                          e        |
+
\\[6pt]
|      \   /                          o        |
+
\text{Let} &
|        \ /                            |        |
+
\operatorname{d}X
|        @              =             @        |
+
& = &
|                                                |
+
\operatorname{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \operatorname{d}X_k.
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[6pt]
|  (e, , ... , , )      =             (e)        |
+
\text{Then} &
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\operatorname{E}X
 +
& = &
 +
X \times \operatorname{d}X
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
&
 +
& = & X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k ~\times~ \operatorname{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \operatorname{d}X_k
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
For a proposition of the form <math>f : X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to \mathbb{B},</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that is defined by the following equation:
|                                                |
 
|                o                                |
 
| e_1 e_2  e_k  |                                |
 
|  o---o-...-o---o                                |
 
\           /                                 |
 
|    \         /                                 |
 
|    \       /                                  |
 
|      \     /                                    |
 
|      \   /                                    |
 
|        \ /                       e_1 ... e_k    |
 
|        @              =              @        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|  (e_1, ..., e_k, ())  =        e_1 ... e_k    |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Laying out the arrows on the augmented venn diagram,
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
one gets a picture of a "differential vector field".
+
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{l}
 +
\operatorname{E}f(x_1, \ldots, x_k, \operatorname{d}x_1, \ldots, \operatorname{d}x_k)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
= \quad f(x_1 + \operatorname{d}x_1, \ldots, x_k + \operatorname{d}x_k)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
= \quad f( \texttt{(} x_1, \operatorname{d}x_1 \texttt{)}, \ldots, \texttt{(} x_k, \operatorname{d}x_k \texttt{)} )
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
The ''differential variables'' <math>\operatorname{d}x_j</math> are boolean variables of the same basic type as the ordinary variables <math>x_j.\!</math> Although it is conventional to distinguish the (first order) differential variables with the operative prefix "<math>\operatorname{d}</math>" this way of notating differential variables is entirely optional. It is their existence in particular relations to the initial variables, not their names, that defines them as differential variables.
|                                                |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                      dp|dq                      |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|          o-----------o | o-----------o          |
 
|        /            \|/             \         |
 
|        /       p      |      q      \        |
 
|      /              /|\              \      |
 
|      /              /%|%\              \      |
 
|    o              o%%|%%o              o    |
 
|    |      (dp) dq |%%v%%|  dp (dq)     |    |
 
|    |  o-----------|->o<-|-----------o  |    |
 
|    |              |%%%%%|              |    |
 
|    |  o<----------|--o--|---------->o  |    |
 
|    |      (dp) dq |%%|%%|  dp (dq)      |    |
 
|    o              o%%|%%o              o    |
 
|      \              \%|%/              /      |
 
|      \              \|/              /      |
 
|        \              |              /        |
 
|        \            /|\            /        |
 
|          o-----------o | o-----------o          |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                      dp|dq                      |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        v                        |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
This just amounts to a depiction of the points,
+
In the example of logical conjunction, <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> is formulated as follows:
truth-value assignments, or interpretations in
 
EX = !P! x !Q! x d!P! x d!Q! that are indicated
 
by the difference map Df : EX -> B, namely, the
 
following six points or singular propositions:
 
  
  1.  p  q  dp  dq
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
  2.  p q dp (dq)
+
|
  3.  p q (dp) dq
+
<math>\begin{array}{l}
  4.  p (q)(dp) dq
+
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
  5.  (p) q dp (dq)
+
\\[6pt]
  6.  (p)(q) dp  dq
+
= \quad (p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
= \quad \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
By inspection, it is fairly easy to understand Df
+
Given that this expression uses nothing more than the boolean ring operations of addition and multiplication, it is permissible to "multiply things out" in the usual manner to arrive at the following result:
as telling you what you have to do from each point
 
of X in order to change the value borne by f<p, q>
 
at the point in question, that is, in order to get
 
to a point where the value of f<p, q> is different
 
from what it is where you started.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
p~q
 +
& + &
 +
p~\operatorname{d}q
 +
& + &
 +
q~\operatorname{d}p
 +
& + &
 +
\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
DALNote 5
+
To understand what the ''enlarged'' or ''shifted'' proposition means in logical terms, it serves to go back and analyze the above expression for <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> in the same way that we did for <math>\operatorname{D}f.</math> Toward that end, the value of <math>\operatorname{E}f_x</math> at each <math>x \in X</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@PQ = (dP)(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
We have been studying the action of the difference operator D,
+
Given the data that develops in this form of analysis, the disjoined ingredients can now be folded back into a boolean expansion or a disjunctive normal form (DNF) that is equivalent to the enlarged proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f.</math>
also known as the "localization operator", on the proposition
 
f : !P! x !Q! -> B that is commonly called the conjunction pq.
 
We categorized Df as a (first order) differential proposition,
 
a proposition of the type Df : !P! x !Q! x d!P! x d!Q! -> B.
 
  
Abstracting from the augmented venn diagram that shows how the
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
models or the satisfying interpretations of Df distribute over
+
|
the (first order) extended space EX = !P! x !Q! x d!P! x d!Q!,
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
we can represent Df in the form of a digraph or directed graph,
+
\operatorname{E}f
one whose points are labeled with the elements of X = !P! x !Q!
+
& = &
and whose arcs are labeled with the elements of dX = d!P! x d!Q!.
+
pq \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{pq}
 +
& + &
 +
p(q) \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{p(q)}
 +
& + &
 +
(p)q \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{(p)q}
 +
& + &
 +
(p)(q) \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{(p)(q)}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
Here is a summary of the result, illustrated by means of a digraph picture, where the "no change" element <math>(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)</math> is drawn as a loop at the point <math>p~q.</math>
|  f =                  p q                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
| Df =              p  q  ((dp)(dq))              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      p (q)  (dp) dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p) q    dp (dq)              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p)(q)   dp  dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                      p q                      |
 
|  p (q) o<------------->o<------------->o (p) q |
 
|            (dp) dq    ^    dp (dq)            |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                    dp | dq                    |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        v                        |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                    (p) (q)                    |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
Any proposition worth its salt has many equivalent ways to view it,
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
any one of which may reveal some unsuspected aspect of its meaning.
+
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Enlargement Conj.jpg|500px]]
We will encounter more and more of these variant readings as we go.
+
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
f
 +
& = & p  & \cdot & q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{E}f
 +
& = &  p  & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & (\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & (\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
We may understand the enlarged proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> as telling us all the different ways to reach a model of the proposition <math>f\!</math> from each point of the universe <math>X.\!</math>
  
DAL.  Note 6
+
==Note 7==
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
To broaden our experience with simple examples, let us examine the sixteen functions of concrete type <math>P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}</math> and abstract type <math>\mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  A few Tables are set here that detail the actions of <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on each of these functions, allowing us to view the results in several different ways.
  
The enlargement operator E, also known as the "shift operator",
+
Tables&nbsp;A1 and A2 show two ways of arranging the 16 boolean functions on two variables, giving equivalent expressions for each function in several different systems of notation.
has many interesting and very useful properties in its own right,
 
so let us not fail to observe a few of the more salient features
 
that play out on the surface of our simple example, f<p, q> = pq.
 
  
To begin we need to formulate a suitably generic
+
<br>
definition of the extended universe of discourse:
 
  
  Relative to an initial domain X = X_1 x ... x X_k,
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A1.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Decimal}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Binary}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Vector}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Cactus}</math></p>
 +
| width="25%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{English}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}</math></p>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_7
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0000}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0001}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0010}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0011}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0100}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0101}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0110}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0111}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~0~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~0~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~0~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~0~1~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~1~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~1~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~1~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~1~1~1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)[[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]] ([[User talk:Jon Awbrey|talk]])
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
[[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]] ([[User talk:Jon Awbrey|talk]])(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p,~q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p~~q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\text{false}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q ~\text{without}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{without}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p \land \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p \land q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \land \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \ne q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_8
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{15}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{1000}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1001}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1010}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1011}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1100}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1101}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1110}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1111}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
1~0~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~1~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~1~1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~~p~~q~~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
17:54, 5 December 2014 (UTC)q~~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~~p17:54, 5 December 2014 (UTC)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
p ~\text{and}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{or}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{true}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
p \land q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p = q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \Rightarrow q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \Leftarrow q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \lor q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  EX = X x dX = X_1 x ... x X_k x dX_1 x ... x dX_k.
+
<br>
  
For a proposition f : X_1 x ... x X_k -> B,
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
the (first order) "enlargement" of f is the
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A2.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}</math>
proposition Ef : EX -> B that is defined by:
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Decimal}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Binary}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Vector}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Cactus}</math></p>
 +
| width="25%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{English}</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}</math></p>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>f_{0000}\!</math>
 +
| <math>0~0~0~0</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>\text{false}\!</math>
 +
| <math>0\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_8
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0001}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0010}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{0100}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1000}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~0~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~0~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
0~1~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~0~0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q ~\text{without}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{without}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{and}~ q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\lnot p \land \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p \land q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \land \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \land q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0011}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1100}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~0~1~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~0~0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\text{not}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\lnot p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0110}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1001}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~1~1~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~0~1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
p \ne q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p = q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0101}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1010}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~1~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~1~0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\text{not}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_{0111}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1011}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1101}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{1110}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~1~1~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~1~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~0~1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~1~1~0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p~~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p ~\text{or}~ q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \Rightarrow q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \Leftarrow q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \lor q
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>f_{1111}\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~1~1</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>\text{true}\!</math>
 +
| <math>1\!</math>
 +
|}
  
  Ef<x_1, ..., x_k, dx_1, ..., dx_k>
+
<br>
  
  = f<x_1 + dx_1, ..., x_k + dx_k>
+
==Note 8==
  
  =  f<(x_1, dx_1), ..., (x_k, dx_k)>
+
The next four Tables expand the expressions of <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> in two different ways, for each of the sixteen functions.  Notice that the functions are given in a different order, partitioned into seven natural classes by a group action.
  
It should be noted that the so-called "differential variables" dx_j
+
<br>
are really just the same type of boolean variables as the other x_j.
 
It is conventional to give the additional variables these inflected
 
names, but whatever extra connotations we attach to these syntactic
 
conveniences are wholly external to their purely algebraic meanings.
 
  
In the case of the conjunction f<p, q> = pq,
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
the enlargement Ef is formulated as follows:
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 +
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{11} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{10} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{01} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{00} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_8
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>16\!</math>
 +
|}
  
  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
<br>
  
  = [p + dp][q + dq]
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A4.}~~\operatorname{D}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 +
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_8
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((~))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((~))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p~~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
|}
  
  =  (p, dp)(q, dq)
+
<br>
  
Given that this expression uses nothing more than the "boolean ring"
+
==Note 9==
operations of addition (+) and multiplication (*), it is permissible
 
to "multiply things out" in the usual manner to arrive at the result:
 
  
  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
<br>
  
  = p q p dq  +  q dp  +  dp dq
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A5.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 +
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{xy}</math>
 +
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{p(q)}</math>
 +
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(p)q}</math>
 +
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(p)(q)}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_8
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~\operatorname{d}q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
|}
  
To understand what this means in logical terms,
+
<br>
for instance, as expressed in a boolean expansion
 
or a "disjunctive normal form" (DNF), it is perhaps
 
a little better to go back and analyze the expression
 
the same way that we did for Df.  Thus, let us compute
 
the value of the enlarged proposition Ef at each of the
 
points in the initial domain of discourse X = !P! x !Q!.
 
  
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
|                                                 |
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A6.}~~\operatorname{D}f ~\text{Expanded Over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}</math>
|                   p  dp q  dq                  |
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
|                  o---o o---o                  |
+
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
|                    \ | /                   |
+
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
|                     \ | | /                    |
+
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{xy}</math>
|                      \| |/                     |
+
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{p(q)}</math>
|                       @=@                      |
+
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(p)q}</math>
|                                                 |
+
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(p)(q)}</math>
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
|-
| Ef =            (p, dp) (q, dq)                 |
+
| <math>f_0\!</math>
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
| <math>(~)</math>
 
+
| <math>(~)</math>
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
| <math>(~)</math>
|                                                |
+
| <math>(~)</math>
|                      dp    dq                  |
+
| <math>(~)</math>
|                  o---o o---o                  |
+
|-
|                    \ | |  /                    |
+
|
|                    \ | | /                    |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                      \| |/                      |
+
f_1
|                      @=@                      |
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                |
+
f_2
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
| Ef|pq =            (dp) (dq)                   |
+
f_4
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
f_8
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|                                                |
+
|
|                        o                      |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                      dp |  dq                  |
+
(p)(q)
|                  o---o o---o                  |
+
\\[4pt]
|                    \ | |  /                    |
+
(p)~q~
|                    \ | | /                    |
+
\\[4pt]
|                      \| |/                      |
+
~p~(q)
|                      @=@                      |
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                |
+
~p~~q~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\end{matrix}</math>
| Ef|p(q) =          (dp) dq                    |
+
|
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
|                  o                            |
+
\\[4pt]
|                  |  dp    dq                  |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
|                  o---o o---o                  |
+
\\[4pt]
|                    \ | |  /                   |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
|                    \ | | /                    |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|                      \| |/                     |
+
|
|                      @=@                      |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                                                |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
| Ef|(p)q =          dp  (dq)                   |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
|                  o    o                      |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|                  |  dp |  dq                  |
+
|
|                  o---o o---o                  |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                    \ | |  /                    |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
|                    \ | | /                    |
+
\\[4pt]
|                      \| |/                      |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
|                      @=@                      |
+
\\[4pt]
|                                                 |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\\[4pt]
| Ef|(p)(q) =        dp  dq                    |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
\end{matrix}</math>
 
+
|
Given the kind of data that arises from this form of analysis,
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
we can now fold the disjoined ingredients back into a boolean
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
expansion or a DNF that is equivalent to the proposition Ef.
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
  Ef = pq Ef_pq + p(q) Ef_p(q) + (p)q Ef_(p)q + (p)(q) Ef_(p)(q)
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
Here is a summary of the result, illustrated by means of
+
\\[4pt]
a digraph picture, where the "no change" element (dp)(dq)
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
is drawn as a loop at the point p q.
+
\end{matrix}</math>
 
+
|-
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
|
|  f =                  p q                      |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
f_3
|                                                |
+
\\[4pt]
| Ef =              p q   (dp)(dq)               |
+
f_{12}
|                                                |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|          +      p (q) (dp) dq                |
+
|
|                                                |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|          +      (p) q   dp (dq)               |
+
(p)
|                                                |
+
\\[4pt]
|          +      (p)(q)   dp  dq                |
+
~p~
|                                                |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
|
|                                                |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                    (dp) (dq)                    |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                    .--->---.                    |
+
\\[4pt]
|                    \     /                    |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                      \p q/                      |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|                      \ /                      |
+
|
|  p (q) o-------------->o<--------------o (p) q |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|            (dp) dq    ^    dp (dq)             |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                        |                        |
+
\\[4pt]
|                        |                        |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                    dp | dq                    |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|                        |                        |
+
|
|                        |                        |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|                        |                        |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                        o                        |
+
\\[4pt]
|                    (p) (q)                     |
+
\operatorname{d}p
|                                                |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o-------------------------------------------------o
+
|
 
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
We may understand the enlarged proposition Ef
+
\operatorname{d}p
as telling us all the different ways to reach
+
\\[4pt]
a model of f from any point of the universe X.
+
\operatorname{d}p
 
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
|-
 
+
|
DAL.  Note 7
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
+
f_6
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
f_9
To broaden our experience with simple examples, let us
+
\end{matrix}</math>
now contemplate the sixteen functions of concrete type
+
|
!P! x !Q! -> B and abstract type B x B -> B.  For ease
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
of future reference, I will set here a few tables that
+
~(p,~q)~
specify the actions of E and D on the 16 functions and
+
\\[4pt]
allow us to view the results in several different ways.
+
((p,~q))
 
+
\end{matrix}</math>
By way of initial orientation, Table 7 lists equivalent expressions
+
|
for the sixteen functions in several different formalisms, indexing
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
systems, or languages for the propositional calculus, also known as
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
"zeroth order logic" (ZOL).
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
Table 7.  Propositional Forms on Two Variables
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o---------o---------o---------o----------o------------------o----------o
+
|
| L_1    | L_2    | L_3    | L_4      | L_5              | L_6      |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
| Decimal | Binary  | Vector  | Cactus  | English          | Ordinary |
+
\\[4pt]
o---------o---------o---------o----------o------------------o----------o
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
|        |      p : 1 1 0 0 |          |                  |          |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|        |      q : 1 0 1 0 |          |                  |          |
+
|
o---------o---------o---------o----------o------------------o----------o
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
| f_0    | f_0000  | 0 0 0 0 |    ()    | false            |    0    |
+
\\[4pt]
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
| f_1    | f_0001  | 0 0 0 1 |  (p)(q)  | neither p nor q  | ~p & ~q  |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
|
| f_2    | f_0010  | 0 0 1 0 |  (p) q  | q and not p      | ~p &  q  |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
| f_3    | f_0011  | 0 0 1 1 |  (p)    | not p            | ~p      |
+
\\[4pt]
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
| f_4    | f_0100  | 0 1 0 0 |  p (q)  | p and not q      |  p & ~q  |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
|-
| f_5    | f_0101  | 0 1 0 1 |    (q)  | not q            |      ~q  |
+
|
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| f_6    | f_0110  | 0 1 1 0 |  (p, q)  | p not equal to q |  p +  q  |
+
f_5
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\\[4pt]
| f_7    | f_0111  | 0 1 1 1 |  (p  q)  | not both p and q | ~p v ~q  |
+
f_{10}
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
| f_8    | f_1000  | 1 0 0 0 |  p  q  | p and q          |  p &  q  |
+
|
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| f_9    | f_1001  | 1 0 0 1 | ((p, q)) | p equal to q    |  p =  q  |
+
(q)
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\\[4pt]
| f_10    | f_1010  | 1 0 1 0 |      q  | q                |      q  |
+
~q~
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
| f_11    | f_1011  | 1 0 1 1 |  (p (q)) | not p without q  |  p => q  |
+
|
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| f_12    | f_1100  | 1 1 0 0 |  p      | p                |  p      |
+
\operatorname{d}q
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\\[4pt]
| f_13    | f_1101  | 1 1 0 1 | ((p) q)  | not q without p  |  p <= q  |
+
\operatorname{d}q
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
| f_14    | f_1110  | 1 1 1 0 | ((p)(q)) | p or q          |  p v  q  |
+
|
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| f_15    | f_1111  | 1 1 1 1 |  (())  | true            |    1    |
+
\operatorname{d}q
|        |        |        |          |                  |          |
+
\\[4pt]
o---------o---------o---------o----------o------------------o----------o
+
\operatorname{d}q
 
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
|
 
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
DAL.  Note 8
+
\operatorname{d}q
 
+
\\[4pt]
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
\operatorname{d}q
 
+
\end{matrix}</math>
The next four Tables expand the expressions of Ef and Df
+
|
in two different ways, for each of the sixteen functions.
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
Notice that the functions are given in a different order,
+
\operatorname{d}q
partitioned into seven natural classes by a group action.
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
\operatorname{d}q
Table 8-a.  Ef Expanded Over Ordinary Features
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
|-
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|
|      |    f      |  Ef | pq  | Ef | p(q)  | Ef | (p)q  | Ef | (p)(q)|
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
f_7
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
f_{11}
| f_0  |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
f_{13}
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
f_{14}
| f_1  |  (p)(q)  |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |  (dp) dq  |  (dp)(dq)  |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|
| f_2  |  (p) q    |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  |  (dp)(dq)  |  (dp) dq  |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
(~p~~q~)
| f_4  |    p (q)  |  (dp) dq  |  (dp)(dq)  |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
(~p~(q))
| f_8  |    p  q    |  (dp)(dq)  |  (dp) dq  |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
((p)~q~)
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
((p)(q))
| f_3  |  (p)      |  dp      |  dp      |  (dp)      |  (dp)      |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|
| f_12 |    p      |  (dp)      |  (dp)      |  dp      |  dp      |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
| f_6  |  (p, q)  |  (dp, dq)  | ((dp, dq)) | ((dp, dq)) |  (dp, dq)  |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
| f_9  |  ((p, q))  | ((dp, dq)) |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  | ((dp, dq)) |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|
| f_5  |      (q)  |      dq  |      (dq)  |      dq  |      (dq)  |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
| f_10 |      q    |      (dq)  |      dq  |      (dq)  |      dq  |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
| f_7  |  (p  q)  | ((dp)(dq)) | ((dp) dq)  |  (dp (dq)) |  (dp  dq)  |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
| f_11 |  (p (q))  | ((dp) dq)  | ((dp)(dq)) |  (dp  dq)  |  (dp (dq)) |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|
| f_13 |  ((p) q)  |  (dp (dq)) |  (dp  dq)  | ((dp)(dq)) | ((dp) dq)  |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
| f_14 |  ((p)(q))  |  (dp  dq)  |  (dp (dq)) | ((dp) dq)  | ((dp)(dq)) |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
| f_15 |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
\end{matrix}</math>
 
+
|
Table 8-b.  Df Expanded Over Ordinary Features
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
\\[4pt]
|      |    f      |  Df | pq  | Df | p(q)  | Df | (p)q  | Df | (p)(q)|
+
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
\\[4pt]
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
\\[4pt]
| f_0  |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
+
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
+
|-
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
| f_1  |  (p)(q)  |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |  (dp) dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |
+
| <math>((~))</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
| <math>((~))</math>
| f_2  |  (p) q    |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |  (dp) dq  |
+
| <math>((~))</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
| <math>((~))</math>
| f_4  |    p (q)  |  (dp) dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |
+
| <math>((~))</math>
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
+
|}
| f_8  |    p  q    | ((dp)(dq)) |  (dp) dq  |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_3  |  (p)      |  dp      |  dp      |  dp      |  dp      |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_12 |    p      |  dp      |  dp      |  dp      |  dp      |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_6  |  (p, q)  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_9  |  ((p, q))  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |  (dp, dq)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_5  |      (q)  |      dq  |      dq  |      dq  |      dq  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_10 |      q    |      dq  |      dq  |      dq  |      dq  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_7  |  (p  q)  | ((dp)(dq)) |  (dp) dq  |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_11 |  (p (q))  |  (dp) dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_13 |  ((p) q)  |  dp (dq)  |  dp  dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |  (dp) dq  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_14 |  ((p)(q))  |  dp  dq  |  dp (dq)  |  (dp) dq  | ((dp)(dq)) |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_15 |    (())    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 9
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
Table 9-a.  Ef Expanded Over Differential Features
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
|      |    f      |  T_11 f  |  T_10 f  |  T_01 f  |  T_00 f  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
|      |            | Ef| dp dq  | Ef| dp(dq) | Ef| (dp)dq | Ef|(dp)(dq)|
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_0  |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_1  |  (p)(q)  |    p  q    |    p (q)  |  (p) q    |  (p)(q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_2  |  (p) q    |    p (q)  |    p  q    |  (p)(q)  |  (p) q    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_4  |    p (q)  |  (p) q    |  (p)(q)  |    p  q    |    p (q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_8  |    p  q    |  (p)(q)  |  (p) q    |    p (q)  |    p  q    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_3  |  (p)      |    p      |    p      |  (p)      |  (p)      |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_12 |    p      |  (p)      |  (p)      |    p      |    p      |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_6  |  (p, q)  |  (p, q)  |  ((p, q))  |  ((p, q))  |  (p, q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_9  |  ((p, q))  |  ((p, q))  |  (p, q)  |  (p, q)  |  ((p, q))  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_5  |      (q)  |      q    |      (q)  |      q    |      (q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_10 |      q    |      (q)  |      q    |      (q)  |      q    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_7  |  (p  q)  |  ((p)(q))  |  ((p) q)  |  (p (q))  |  (p  q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_11 |  (p (q))  |  ((p) q)  |  ((p)(q))  |  (p  q)  |  (p (q))  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_13 |  ((p) q)  |  (p (q))  |  (p  q)  |  ((p)(q))  |  ((p) q)  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_14 |  ((p)(q))  |  (p  q)  |  (p (q))  |  ((p) q)  |  ((p)(q))  |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_15 |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |    (())    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|                  |            |            |            |            |
 
| Fiped Point Total |      4    |      4    |      4    |    16    |
 
|                  |            |            |            |            |
 
o-------------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
 
 
Table 9-b.  Df Expanded Over Differential Features
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
|      |    f      | Df| dp dq  | Df| dp(dq) | Df| (dp)dq | Df|(dp)(dq)|
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_0  |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_1  |  (p)(q)  |  ((p, q))  |    (q)    |    (p)    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_2  |  (p) q    |  (p, q)  |    q      |    (p)    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_4  |    p (q)  |  (p, q)  |    (q)    |    p      |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_8  |    p  q    |  ((p, q))  |    q      |    p      |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_3  |  (p)      |    (())    |    (())    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_12 |    p      |    (())    |    (())    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_6  |  (p, q)  |    ()    |    (())    |    (())    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_9  |  ((p, q))  |    ()    |    (())    |    (())    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_5  |      (q)  |    (())    |    ()    |    (())    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_10 |      q    |    (())    |    ()    |    (())    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_7  |  (p  q)  |  ((p, q))  |    q      |    p      |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_11 |  (p (q))  |  (p, q)  |    (q)    |    p      |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_13 |  ((p) q)  |  (p, q)  |    q      |    (p)    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_14 |  ((p)(q))  |  ((p, q))  |    (q)    |    (p)    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
| f_15 |    (())    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |    ()    |
 
|      |            |            |            |            |            |
 
o------o------------o------------o------------o------------o------------o
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
  
DAL.  Note 10
+
<br>
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
==Note 10==
  
If you think that I linger in the realm of logical difference calculus
+
If you think that I linger in the realm of logical difference calculus out of sheer vacillation about getting down to the differential proper, it is probably out of a prior expectation that you derive from the art or the long-engrained practice of real analysis.  But the fact is that ordinary calculus only rushes on to the sundry orders of approximation because the strain of comprehending the full import of <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> at once whelm over its discrete and finite powers to grasp them.  But here, in the fully serene idylls of ZOL, we find ourselves fit with the compass of a wit that is all we'd ever need to explore their effects with care.
out of sheer vacillation about getting down to the differential proper,
 
it is probably out of a prior expectation that you derive from the art
 
or the long-engrained practice of real analysis.  But the fact is that
 
ordinary calculus only rushes on to the sundry orders of approximation
 
because the strain of comprehending the full import of E and D at once
 
whelm over its discrete and finite powers to grasp them.  But here, in
 
the fully serene idylls of ZOL, we find ourselves fit with the compass
 
of a wit that is all we'd ever need to explore their effects with care.
 
  
 
So let us do just that.
 
So let us do just that.
  
I will first rationalize the novel grouping of propositional forms
+
I will first rationalize the novel grouping of propositional forms in the last set of Tables, as that will extend a gentle invitation to the mathematical subject of ''group theory'', and demonstrate its relevance to differential logic in a strikingly apt and useful way. The data for that account is contained in Table&nbsp;A3.
in the last set of Tables, as that will extend a gentle invitation
 
to the mathematical subject of "group theory", and demonstrate its
 
relevance to differential logic in a strikingly apt and useful way.
 
The data for that account is contained in Table 9-a, above or here:
 
  
DAL 9.  http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1301#post1301
+
<br>
DAL 9.  http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001408.html
 
  
The shift operator E can be understood as enacting
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
a substitution operation on the proposition f that
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
is given as its argument.  In our present focus on
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
propositional forms that involve two variables, we
+
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
have the following datatype and applied definition:
+
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{11} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{10} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{01} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{00} f</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
| <math>(~)</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_1
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_2
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_4
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_8
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_3
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{12}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
| <math>((~))</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>16\!</math>
 +
|}
  
  E : (X -> B)  ->  (EX -> B)
+
<br>
  
  E f<p, q>  ->  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
The shift operator <math>\operatorname{E}</math> can be understood as enacting a substitution operation on the propositional form <math>f(p, q)\!</math> that is given as its argument. In our present focus on propositional forms that involve two variables, we have the following type specifications and definitions:
  
  Ef<p, q, dp, dq>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{lcl}
 +
\operatorname{E} ~:~ (X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
& \to &
 +
(\operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\operatorname{E} ~:~ f(p, q)
 +
& \mapsto &
 +
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \operatorname{d}p, q + \operatorname{d}q)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
& = &
 +
f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} )
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
  =  f<p + dp, q + dq)
+
Evaluating <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> at particular values of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q,</math> for example, <math>\operatorname{d}p = i</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q = j,</math> where <math>i\!</math> and <math>j\!</math> are values in <math>\mathbb{B},</math> produces the following result:
  
  = f<(p, dp), (q, dq)>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{lclcl}
 +
\operatorname{E}_{ij}
 +
& : &
 +
(X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
& \to &
 +
(X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\operatorname{E}_{ij}
 +
& : &
 +
f
 +
& \mapsto &
 +
\operatorname{E}_{ij}f
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\operatorname{E}_{ij}f
 +
& = &
 +
\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p = i, \operatorname{d}q = j}
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + i, q + j)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
&  &
 +
& = &
 +
f( \texttt{(} p, i \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, j \texttt{)} )
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
Therefore, if we evaluate Ef at particular values of dp and dq,
+
The notation is a little awkward, but the data of Table&nbsp;A3 should make the sense clear.  The important thing to observe is that <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> has the effect of transforming each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> into a proposition <math>f^\prime : X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  As it happens, the action of each <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> is one-to-one and onto, so the gang of four operators <math>\{ \operatorname{E}_{ij} : i, j \in \mathbb{B} \}</math> is an example of what is called a ''transformation group'' on the set of sixteen propositions.  Bowing to a longstanding local and linear tradition, I will therefore redub the four elements of this group as <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}, \operatorname{T}_{01}, \operatorname{T}_{10}, \operatorname{T}_{11},</math> to bear in mind their transformative character, or nature, as the case may be.  Abstractly viewed, this group of order four has the following operation table:
for example, dp = i and dq = j, where i, j are in B, we obtain:
 
  
  E_ij : (X -> B)  ->  (X -> B)
+
<br>
  
  E_ij :   f      ->   E_ij f
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 +
|}
  
  E_ij f
+
<br>
  
  = Ef | <dp = i, dq = j>
+
It happens that there are just two possible groups of 4 elements. One is the cyclic group <math>Z_4\!</math> (from German ''Zyklus''), which this is not.  The other is the Klein four-group <math>V_4\!</math> (from German ''Vier''), which this is.
  
  = f<p + i, q + j>
+
More concretely viewed, the group as a whole pushes the set of sixteen propositions around in such a way that they fall into seven natural classes, called ''orbits''.  One says that the orbits are preserved by the action of the group.  There is an ''Orbit Lemma'' of immense utility to "those who count" which, depending on your upbringing, you may associate with the names of Burnside, Cauchy, Frobenius, or some subset or superset of these three, vouching that the number of orbits is equal to the mean number of fixed points, in other words, the total number of points (in our case, propositions) that are left unmoved by the separate operations, divided by the order of the group.  In this instance, <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math> operates as the group identity, fixing all 16 propositions, while the other three group elements fix 4 propositions each, and so we get: <math>\text{Number of orbits}~ = (4 + 4 + 4 + 16) \div 4 = 7.</math> Amazing!
  
  = f<(p, i), (q, j)>
+
==Note 11==
  
The notation is a little bit awkward, but the data of the Table should
+
We have been contemplating functions of the type <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and studying the action of the operators <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on this familyThese functions, that we may identify for our present aims with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract forms, are logical analogues of ''scalar potential fields''.  These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers who trek down their slopes like least action heroesThe analogous scene in propositional logic presents us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls, being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche to inhabit between them, restricting our options for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to just one of two:  standing still on level ground or falling off a bluff.
make the sense clear.  The important thing to observe is that E_ij has
 
the effect of transforming each proposition f : X -> B into some other
 
proposition f' : X -> BAs it happens, the action is one-to-one and
 
onto for each E_ij, so the gang of four operators {E_ij : i, j in B}
 
is an example of what is called a "transformation group" on the set
 
of sixteen propositionsBowing to a longstanding linear and local
 
tradition, I will therefore redub the four elements of this group
 
as T_00, T_01, T_10, T_11, to bear in mind their transformative
 
character, or nature, as the case may be. Abstractly viewed,
 
this group of order four has the following operation table:
 
  
o----------o----------o----------o----------o----------o
+
We are still working well within the logical analogue of the classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to bring to light.  Soon we will take up several different notions of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions.  In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps, having concrete types of the form <math>X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to Y_1 \times \ldots \times Y_n</math> and abstract types <math>\mathbb{B}^k \to \mathbb{B}^n.</math>  We will think of these mappings as transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others, in short, as ''transformations of discourse''.
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
|    *    %  T_00  |  T_01  |  T_10  |  T_11  |
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
o==========o==========o==========o==========o==========o
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
|  T_00  %  T_00  |  T_01  |  T_10  |  T_11  |
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
o----------o----------o----------o----------o----------o
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
|  T_01  %  T_01  |  T_00  |  T_11  |  T_10  |
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
o----------o----------o----------o----------o----------o
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
|  T_10  %  T_10  |  T_11  |  T_00  |  T_01  |
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
o----------o----------o----------o----------o----------o
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
|  T_11  %  T_11  |  T_10  |  T_01  |  T_00  |
 
|          %          |          |          |          |
 
o----------o----------o----------o----------o----------o
 
  
It happens that there are just two possible groups of 4 elements.
+
Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like to highlight another sort of differential aspect that concerns the ''boundary operator'' or the ''marked connective'' that serves as one of the two basic connectives in the cactus language for ZOL.
One is the cyclic group Z_4 (German "Zyklus"), which this is not.
 
The other is Klein's four-group V_4 (German "Vier"), which it is.
 
  
More concretely viewed, the group as a whole pushes the set
+
For example, consider the proposition <math>f\!</math> of concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \times R \to \mathbb{B}</math> and abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B}^3 \to \mathbb{B}</math> that is written <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> in cactus syntaxTaken as an assertion in what Peirce called the ''existential interpretation'', the proposition <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> says that just one of <math>p, q, r\!</math> is false.  It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the logical conjunction <math>pqr\!</math> of the same propositions.  A venn diagram of <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> looks like this:
of sixteen propositions around in such a way that they fall
 
into seven natural classes, called "orbits"One says that
 
the orbits are preserved by the action of the group.  There
 
is an "Orbit Lemma" of immense utility to "those who count"
 
which, depending on your upbringing, you may associate with
 
the names of Burnside, Cauchy, Frobenius, or some subset or
 
superset of these three, vouching that the number of orbits
 
is equal to the mean number of fixed points, in other words,
 
the total number of points (in our case, propositions) that
 
are left unmoved by the separate operations, divided by the
 
order of the groupIn this instance, T_00 operates as the
 
group identity, fixing all 16 propositions, while the other
 
three group elements fix 4 propositions each, and so we get:
 
Number of orbits  =  (4 + 4 + 4 + 16) / 4  =  7. -- Amazing!
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Minimal Negation Operator (p,q,r).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
DALNote 11
+
In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction <math>pqr,\!</math> the region indicated by <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> is comprised of the adjacent or bordering cellsThus they are the cells that are just across the boundary of the center cell, reached as if by way of Leibniz's ''minimal changes'' from the point of origin, in this case, <math>pqr.\!</math>
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
More generally speaking, in a <math>k\!</math>-dimensional universe of discourse that is based on the ''alphabet'' of features <math>\mathcal{X} = \{ x_1, \ldots, x_k \},</math> the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell of origin that one chooses to indicate.  One way to indicate a cell is by forming a logical conjunction of positive and negative basis features, that is, by constructing an expression of the form <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k,</math> where <math>e_j = x_j ~\text{or}~ e_j = \texttt{(} x_j \texttt{)},</math> for <math>j = 1 ~\text{to}~ k.</math>  The proposition <math>\texttt{(} e_1, \ldots, e_k \texttt{)}</math> indicates the disjunctive region consisting of the cells that are just next door to <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k.</math>
  
We have been contemplating functions of the type f : X -> B,
+
==Note 12==
studying the action of the operators E and D on this family.
 
These functions, that we may identify for our present aims
 
with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract
 
forms, are logical analogues of "scalar potential fields".
 
These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely
 
presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks
 
by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers
 
who trek down their slopes like least action heroes.
 
The analogous scene in propositional logic presents
 
us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls,
 
being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of
 
verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche
 
to inhabit between them, restricting our options
 
for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to
 
just one of two, standing still on level ground
 
or falling off a bluff.
 
  
We are still working well within the logical analogue of the
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="90%"
classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties
+
|
that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to
+
<p>Consider what effects that might ''conceivably'' have practical bearings you ''conceive'' the objects of your ''conception'' to haveThen, your ''conception'' of those effects is the whole of your ''conception'' of the object.</p>
bring to lightSoon we will take up several different notions
+
|-
of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the
+
| align="right" | &mdash; Charles Sanders Peirce, "Issues of Pragmaticism", (CP 5.438)
space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several
+
|}
different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions.
 
In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps,
 
having concrete types of the form X_1 x ... x X_k -> Y_1 x ... x Y_n
 
and abstract types B^k -> B^n.  We will think of these mappings as
 
transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others,
 
in short, as "transformations of discourse".
 
  
Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like
+
One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point, while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind, is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly known in mathematics as ''representation principles''.  As it turns out, with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what would ordinarily be known as a ''closure principle''.  We will consider the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.
to highlight another sort of "differential aspect" that concerns
 
the "boundary operator" or the "marked connective" that serves as
 
one of a pair of basic connectives in the cactus language for ZOL.
 
  
Consider the proposition f of concrete type f : !P! x !Q! x !R! -> B
+
Let us return to the example of the ''four-group'' <math>V_4.\!</math> We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations, namely, as a ''transformation group'' that acts on a set of objects, in this case a set of sixteen functions or propositionsForgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational structure, for example, in the form of the group operation table copied here:
and abstract type f : B^3 -> B that is written as "(p, q, r)" in the
 
cactus syntaxTaken as an assertion in what C.S. Peirce called the
 
"existential interpretation", the so-called boundary form "(p, q, r)"
 
asserts that one and only one of the propositions p, q, r is false.
 
It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the
 
conjunction "p q r" of the same propositions.  A venn diagram
 
for the boundary form (p, q, r) is shown in Figure 11.
 
  
o-----------------------------------------------------------o
+
<br>
|                                                          |
 
|                                                          |
 
|                      o-------------o                      |
 
|                    /              \                    |
 
|                    /                \                    |
 
|                  /                  \                  |
 
|                  /                    \                  |
 
|                /                      \                |
 
|                o                        o                |
 
|                |                        |                |
 
|                |            P            |                |
 
|                |                        |                |
 
|                |                        |                |
 
|                |                        |                |
 
|            o--o----------o  o----------o--o            |
 
|            /    \%%%%%%%%%%\ /%%%%%%%%%%/    \            |
 
|          /      \%%%%%%%%%%o%%%%%%%%%%/      \          |
 
|          /        \%%%%%%%%/ \%%%%%%%%/        \          |
 
|        /          \%%%%%%/  \%%%%%%/          \        |
 
|        /            \%%%%/    \%%%%/            \        |
 
|      o              o--o-------o--o              o      |
 
|      |                |%%%%%%%|                |      |
 
|      |                |%%%%%%%|                |      |
 
|      |                |%%%%%%%|                |      |
 
|      |        Q        |%%%%%%%|        R        |      |
 
|      |                |%%%%%%%|                |      |
 
|      o                o%%%%%%%o                o      |
 
|        \                \%%%%%/                /        |
 
|        \                \%%%/                /        |
 
|          \                \%/                /          |
 
|          \                o                /          |
 
|            \              / \              /            |
 
|            o-------------o  o-------------o            |
 
|                                                          |
 
|                                                          |
 
o-----------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 11.  Boundary Form (p, q, r)
 
  
In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction pqr
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
the region indicated by (p, q, r) is comprised of the "adjacent"
+
|- style="height:50px"
or the "bordering" cells.  Thus they are the cells that are just
+
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
across the boundary of the center cell, as if reached by way of
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
Leibniz's "minimal changes" from the point of origin, here, pqr.
+
<math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
|}
  
More generally speaking, in a k-dimensional universe of discourse
+
<br>
that is based on the "alphabet" of features !X! = {x_1, ..., x_k},
 
the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell
 
of origin that one might choose to indicate, say, by means of the
 
conjunction of positive and negative basis features "u_1 ... u_k",
 
where u_j = x_j or u_j = (x_j), for j = 1 to k.  The proposition
 
(u_1, ..., u_k) indicates the disjunctive region consisting of
 
the cells that are "just next door" to the cell u_1 ... u_k.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions with the <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> operators and the <math>\operatorname{T}_{ij}</math> transformations that we took up earlier.  That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have been changed.  An abstract group can have a variety of significantly and superficially different representations.  But even after we have long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is a type of concrete representations, called ''regular representations'', that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the mere data of the abstract operation table itself.
  
DALNote 12
+
To see how a regular representation is constructed from the abstract operation table, select a group element from the top margin of the Table, and "consider its effects" on each of the group elements as they are listed along the left marginWe may record these effects as Peirce usually did, as a ''logical aggregate'' of elementary dyadic relatives, that is, as a logical disjunction or boolean sum whose terms represent the ordered pairs of <math>\operatorname{input} : \operatorname{output}</math> transactions that are produced by each group element in turn.  This forms one of the two possible ''regular representations'' of the group, in this case the one that is called the ''post-regular representation'' or the ''right regular representation''.  It has long been conventional to organize the terms of this logical aggregate in the form of a matrix:
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
Reading "<math>+\!</math>" as a logical disjunction:
  
| Consider what effects that might conceivably have
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| practical bearings you conceive the objects of your
+
| align="center" |
| conception to have.  Then, your conception of those
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| effects is the whole of your conception of the object.
+
\operatorname{G}
|
+
& = & \operatorname{e}
| C.S. Peirce, "Maxim of Pragmaticism", 'Collected Papers', CP 5.438
+
& + & \operatorname{f}
 
+
& + & \operatorname{g}
One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point,
+
& + & \operatorname{h}
while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind,
+
\end{matrix}</math>
is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly
+
|}
known in mathematics as "representation principles".  As it turns out,
 
with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites
 
the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what
 
would ordinarily be known as a "closure principle".  We will consider
 
the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another
 
occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.
 
 
 
Let us return to the example of the so-called "four-group" V_4.
 
We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations,
 
namely, as a "transformation group" that acts on a set of objects,
 
in this particular case a set of sixteen functions or propositions.
 
Forgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among
 
themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational
 
structure, say, in the form of the group operation table copied here:
 
 
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  *  %  e  |  f  |  g  |  h  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o=======o=======o=======o=======o=======o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  e  %  e   |  f  |  g  |  h  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  f  %  f   |  e  |  h  |  g  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
g   %  g  |  h  |  e  |  f  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  h  %  h   |  g  |  f  |  e  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
 
 
This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions
 
with the E_ij operators and the T_ij transformations that we took up
 
earlier.  That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have
 
been changed.  An abstract group can have a variety of significantly
 
and superficially different representations.  But even after we have
 
long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is
 
a type of concrete representations, called "regular representations",
 
that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the
 
mere data of the abstract operation table itself.
 
 
 
For example, select a group element from the top margin of the Table,
 
and "consider its effects" on each of the group elements as they are
 
listed along the left margin.  We may record these effects as Peirce
 
usually did, as a logical "aggregate" of elementary dyadic relatives,
 
that is to say, a disjunction or a logical sum whose terms represent
 
the ordered pairs of <input : output> transactions that are produced
 
by each group element in turn.  This yields what is usually known as
 
one of the "regular representations" of the group, specifically, the
 
"first", the "post-", or the "right" regular representation.  It has
 
long been conventional to organize the terms in the form of a matrix:
 
 
 
Reading "+" as a logical disjunction:
 
 
 
  G  =  e  +  f  +  g  + h,
 
  
 
And so, by expanding effects, we get:
 
And so, by expanding effects, we get:
  
  G =
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
+
| align="center" |
  e:e + f:f + g:g + h:h +
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
+
\operatorname{G}
  e:f + f:e + g:h + h:g +
+
& = & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{e}
 
+
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{f}
  e:g + f:h + g:e + h:f +
+
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{g}
 
+
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{h}
  e:h + f:g + g:f + h:e
+
\\[4pt]
 +
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{e}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
 
More on the pragmatic maxim as a representation principle later.
 
More on the pragmatic maxim as a representation principle later.
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
==Note 13==
  
DAL.  Note 13
+
The above-mentioned fact about the regular representations of a group is universally known as Cayley's Theorem, typically stated in the following form:
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| Every group is isomorphic to a subgroup of <math>\operatorname{Aut}(X),</math> the group of automorphisms of a suitably chosen set <math>X\!</math>.
 +
|}
  
The above-mentioned fact about the regular representations
+
There is a considerable generalization of these regular representations to a broad class of relational algebraic systems in Peirce's earliest papers.  The crux of the whole idea is this:
of a group is universally known as "Cayley's Theorem".  It
 
is usually stated in the form:  "Every group is isomorphic
 
to a subgroup of Aut(X), where X is a suitably chosen set
 
and Aut(X) is the group of its automorphisms".  There is
 
in Peirce's early papers a considerable generalization
 
of the concept of regular representations to a broad
 
class of relational algebraic systems.  The crux of
 
the whole idea can be summed up as follows:
 
  
  Contemplate the effects of the symbol
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
  whose meaning you wish to investigate
+
| Contemplate the effects of the symbol whose meaning you wish to investigate as they play out on all the stages of conduct where you can imagine that symbol playing a role.
  as they play out on all the stages of
+
|}
  conduct on which you have the ability
 
  to imagine that symbol playing a role.
 
  
This idea of definition by way of context transforming operators
+
This idea of contextual definition by way of conduct transforming operators is basically the same as Jeremy Bentham's notion of ''paraphrasis'', a "method of accounting for fictions by explaining various purported terms away" (Quine, in Van Heijenoort, ''From Frege to Gödel'', p.&nbsp;216). Today we'd call these constructions ''term models''.  This, again, is the big idea behind Schönfinkel's combinators <math>\operatorname{S}, \operatorname{K}, \operatorname{I},</math> and hence of lambda calculus, and I reckon you know where that leads.
is basically the same as Jeremy Bentham's notion of "paraphrasis",
 
a "method of accounting for fictions by explaining various purported
 
terms away" (Quine, in Van Heijenoort, 'From Frege to Gödel', p. 216).
 
Today we'd call these constructions "term models".  This, again, is
 
the big idea behind Schönfinkel's combinators {S, K, I}, and hence
 
of lambda calculus, and I reckon you all know where that leads.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
==Note 14==
  
DAL. Note 14
+
The next few excursions in this series will provide a scenic tour of various ideas in group theory that will turn out to be of constant guidance in several of the settings that are associated with our topic.
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
Let me return to Peirce's early papers on the algebra of relatives to pick up the conventions that he used there, and then rewrite my account of regular representations in a way that conforms to those.
  
The next few excursions in this series will provide
+
Peirce describes the action of an "elementary dual relative" in this way:
a scenic tour of various ideas in group theory that
 
will turn out to be of constant guidance in several
 
of the settings that are associated with our topic.
 
  
Let me return to Peirce's early papers on the algebra of relatives
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
to pick up the conventions that he used there, and then rewrite my
+
| Elementary simple relatives are connected together in systems of four.  For if <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B}</math> be taken to denote the elementary relative which multiplied into <math>\mathrm{B}\!</math> gives <math>\mathrm{A},\!</math> then this relation existing as elementary, we have the four elementary relatives
account of regular representations in a way that conforms to those.
+
|-
 +
| align="center" | <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{B}.</math>
 +
|-
 +
| C.S. Peirce, ''Collected Papers'', CP&nbsp;3.123.
 +
|}
  
Peirce expresses the action of an "elementary dual relative" like so:
+
Peirce is well aware that it is not at all necessary to arrange the elementary relatives of a relation into arrays, matrices, or tables, but when he does so he tends to prefer organizing 2-adic relations in the following manner:
  
| [Let] A:B be taken to denote
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| the elementary relative which
+
| align="center" |
| multiplied into B gives A.
+
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
|
+
a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c
| Peirce, 'Collected Papers', CP 3.123.
+
\\
 +
b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c
 +
\\
 +
c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c
 +
\end{bmatrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
Peirce is well aware that it is not at all necessary to arrange the
+
For example, given the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> suppose that we have the 2-adic relative term <math>\mathit{m} = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{[[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]] ([[User talk:Jon Awbrey|talk]]) 17:54, 5 December 2014 (UTC)}\, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> and
elementary relatives of a relation into arrays, matrices, or tables,
+
the associated 2-adic relation <math>M \subseteq X \times X,</math> the general pattern of whose common structure is represented by the following matrix:
but when he does so he tends to prefer organizing 2-adic relations
 
in the following manner:
 
  
  a:b a:b a:c +
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>
 +
M \quad = \quad
 +
\begin{bmatrix}
 +
M_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & M_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & M_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
M_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & M_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & M_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
M_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & M_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & M_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
 +
\end{bmatrix}
 +
</math>
 +
|}
  
  b:a +  b:b  +  b:c  +
+
For at least a little while longer, I will keep explicit the distinction between a ''relative term'' like <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and a ''relation'' like <math>M \subseteq X \times X,</math> but it is best to view both these entities as involving different applications of the same information, and so we could just as easily write the following form:
  
  c:a c:b c:c
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>
 +
m \quad = \quad
 +
\begin{bmatrix}
 +
m_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & m_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & m_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
m_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & m_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & m_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
m_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & m_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & m_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
 +
\end{bmatrix}
 +
</math>
 +
|}
  
For example, given the set X = {a, b, c}, suppose that
+
By way of making up a concrete example, let us say that <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> or <math>M\!</math> is given as follows:
we have the 2-adic relative term m = "marker for" and
 
the associated 2-adic relation M c X x X, the general
 
pattern of whose common structure is represented by
 
the following matrix:
 
  
  M  =
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{array}{l}
 +
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
 +
\\
 +
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 +
\\
 +
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 +
\\
 +
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 +
\\
 +
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 +
\\
 +
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
  M_aa a:a  +  M_ab a:b  +  M_ac a:c  +
+
In sum, then, the relative term <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and the relation <math>M\!</math> are both represented by the following matrix:
  
  M_ba b:a +  M_bb b:b +  M_bc b:c +
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 +
1 \cdot (a\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (a\!:\!b) & 0 \cdot (a\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
0 \cdot (b\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
1 \cdot (c\!:\!a) & 0 \cdot (c\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (c\!:\!c)
 +
\end{bmatrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  M_ca c:a  +  M_cb c:b  +  M_cc c:c
+
I think this much will serve to fix notation and set up the remainder of the discussion.
  
It has long been customary to omit the implicit plus signs
+
==Note 15==
in these matrical displays, but I have restored them here
 
simply as a way of separating terms in this blancophage
 
web format.
 
  
For at least a little while, I will make explicit
+
In Peirce's time, and even in some circles of mathematics today, the information indicated by the elementary relatives <math>(i\!:\!j),</math> as the indices <math>i, j\!</math> range over the universe of discourse, would be referred to as the ''umbral elements'' of the algebraic operation represented by the matrix, though I seem to recall that Peirce preferred to call these terms the "ingredients".  When this ordered basis is understood well enough, one will tend to drop any mention of it from the matrix itself, leaving us nothing but these bare bones:
the distinction between a "relative term" like m
 
and a "relation" like M c X x X, but it is best
 
to think of both of these entities as involving
 
different applications of the same information,
 
and so we could just as easily write this form:
 
  
  m  =
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>
 +
M \quad = \quad
 +
\begin{bmatrix}
 +
1 & 1 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 1 & 1
 +
\\
 +
1 & 0 & 1
 +
\end{bmatrix}
 +
</math>
 +
|}
  
  m_aa a:a  +  m_ab a:b  +  m_ac a:c  +
+
The various representations of <math>M\!</math> are nothing more than alternative ways of specifying its basic ingredients, namely, the following aggregate of elementary relatives:
  
  m_ba b:a + m_bb b:b + m_bc b:c +
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
 +
M
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
& + & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
  m_ca c:a + m_cb c:b + m_cc c:c
+
Recognizing that <math>a\!:\!a + b\!:\!b + c\!:\!c</math> is the identity transformation otherwise known as <math>\mathit{1},\!</math> the 2-adic relative term <math>m = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{[[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]] ([[User talk:Jon Awbrey|talk]]) 17:54, 5 December 2014 (UTC)}\, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> can be parsed as an element <math>\mathit{1} + a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a</math> of the so-called ''group ring'', all of which makes this element just a special sort of linear transformation.
  
By way of making up a concrete example,
+
Up to this point, we are still reading the elementary relatives of the form <math>i\!:\!j</math> in the way that Peirce read them in logical contexts:  <math>i\!</math> is the relate, <math>j\!</math> is the correlate, and in our current example <math>i\!:\!j,</math> or more exactly, <math>m_{ij} = 1,\!</math> is taken to say that <math>i\!</math> is a marker for <math>j.\!</math>  This is the mode of reading that we call "multiplying on the left".
let us say that M is given as follows:
 
  
  a is a marker for a
+
In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of reading, although still calling <math>i\!</math> the relate and <math>j\!</math> the correlate, the elementary relative <math>i\!:\!j</math> now means that <math>i\!</math> gets changed into <math>j.\!</math>  In this scheme of reading, the transformation <math>a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a</math> is a permutation of the aggregate <math>\mathbf{1} = a + b + c,</math> or what we would now call the set <math>\{ a, b, c \},\!</math> in particular, it is the permutation that is otherwise notated as follows:
  
  a is a marker for b
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{Bmatrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\
 +
b & c & a
 +
\end{Bmatrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  b is a marker for b
+
This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in the paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324&ndash;327).
  
  b is a marker for c
+
==Note 16==
  
  c is a marker for c
+
We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the ''operationalization'' of ideas.  The basic idea is to replace the question of ''What it is'', which modest people comprehend is far beyond their powers to answer definitively any time soon, with the question of ''What it does'', which most people know at least a modicum about.
  
  c is a marker for a
+
In the case of regular representations of groups we found a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through.  So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.
  
In sum, we have this matrix:
+
Here is is the operation table of <math>V_4\!</math> once again:
  
  M  =
+
<br>
  
  1 a:+ 1 a:b  +  0 a:c  +
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Klein Four-Group}~ V_4</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
|}
  
  0 b:a  +  1 b:b  +  1 b:c  +
+
<br>
  
  1 c:a +  0 c:b  +  1 c:c
+
A group operation table is really just a device for recording a certain 3-adic relation, to be specific, the set of triples of the form <math>(x, y, z)\!</math> satisfying the equation <math>x \cdot y = z.</math>
  
I think that will serve to fix notation
+
In the case of <math>V_4 = (G, \cdot),</math> where <math>G\!</math> is the ''underlying set'' <math>\{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h} \},</math> we have the 3-adic relation <math>L(V_4) \subseteq G \times G \times G</math> whose triples are listed below:
and set up the remainder of the account.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}) &
 +
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}) &
 +
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}) &
 +
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}) &
 +
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}) &
 +
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}) &
 +
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}) &
 +
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}) &
 +
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}) &
 +
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}) &
 +
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}) &
 +
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}) &
 +
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e})
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
DALNote 15
+
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.</math> It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.  Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| valign="top" | 1.
 +
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| valign="top" | 2.
 +
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.\!</math>
 +
|}
  
In Peirce's time, and even in some circles of mathematics today,
+
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run across the top marginThis aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular ante-representation:
the information indicated by the elementary relatives (i:j), as
 
i, j range over the universe of discourse, would be referred to
 
as the "umbral elements" of the algebraic operation represented
 
by the matrix, though I seem to recall that Peirce preferred to
 
call these terms the "ingredients"When this ordered basis is
 
understood well enough, one will tend to drop any mention of it
 
from the matrix itself, leaving us nothing but these bare bones:
 
  
  M  =
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  1 1 0
+
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math> The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the top margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run down the left margin. This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular post-representation:
  
  0  1  1
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
  1  0  1
+
If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep, now that I'm writing them in the same dialect, that is because <math>V_4\!</math> is abelian (commutative), and so the two representations have the very same effects on each point of their bearing.
  
However the specification may come to be written, this
+
==Note 17==
is all just convenient schematics for stipulating that:
 
  
  M = a:a b:b  +  c:c  +  a:b +  b:c  +  c:a
+
So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of a non-abelian (non-commutative) group. This is a group of six elements, say, <math>G = \{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{i}, \operatorname{j} \},\!</math> with no relation to any other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course, and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group on a set of three letters, say, <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> usually notated as <math>G = \operatorname{Sym}(X)</math> or more abstractly and briefly, as <math>\operatorname{Sym}(3)</math> or <math>S_3.\!</math> The next Table shows the intended correspondence between abstract group elements and the permutation or substitution operations in <math>\operatorname{Sym}(X).</math>
  
Recognizing !1! = a:a + b:b + c:c as the identity transformation,
+
<br>
the 2-adic relative term m = "marker for" can be represented as an
 
element !1! + a:b + b:c + c:a of the so-called "group ring", all of
 
which makes this element just a special sort of linear transformation.
 
  
Up to this point, we are still reading the elementary relatives
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
of the form i:j in the way that Peirce customarily read them in
+
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math>
logical contexts:  i is the relate, j is the correlate, and in
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
our current example we reading i:j, or more exactly, m_ij = 1,
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
to say that i is a marker for j.  This is the mode of reading
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
that we call "multiplying on the left".
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a & b & c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
c & a & b
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
b & c & a
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a & c & b
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
c & b & a
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
b & a & c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of
+
<br>
application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of
 
reading, although still calling i the relate and j the correlate,
 
the elementary relative i:j now means that i gets changed into j.
 
In this scheme of reading, the transformation a:b + b:c + c:a is
 
a permutation of the aggregate $1$ = a + b + c, or what we would
 
now call the set {a, b, c}, in particular, it is the permutation
 
that is otherwise notated as:
 
  
  ( a b c )
+
Here is the operation table for <math>S_3,\!</math> given in abstract fashion:
  <       >
 
  ( b c a )
 
  
This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
the paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324-327).
+
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3</math>
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group <math>S_3\!</math> again when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324&ndash;327), and also his late unpublished work "The Simplest Mathematics" (1902) (CP 4.227&ndash;323), with particular reference to the section that treats of "Trichotomic Mathematics" (CP 4.307&ndash;323).
  
DAL.  Note 16
+
==Note 18==
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group <math>V_4,\!</math> let us write out as quickly as possible in ''relative form'' a minimal budget of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, <math>\operatorname{Sym}(3).</math>  After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details of Peirce's early "Algebra + Logic" papers.
  
We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique
+
Writing the permutations or substitutions of <math>\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math> in relative form generates what is generally thought of as a ''natural representation'' of <math>S_3.\!</math>
for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the
 
pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the
 
"operationalization" of ideas.  The basic idea is to replace
 
the question of "What it is", which modest people comprehend
 
is far beyond their powers to answer any time soon, with the
 
question of "What it does", which most people know at least
 
a modicum about.
 
  
In the case of regular representations of groups we found
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through.
+
| align="center" |
So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.
+
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{i}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{j}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
Here is is the operation table of V_4 once again:
+
I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural representation of <math>S_3\!</math> in the style that comes most naturally to me, to wit, the "right" way, whereby an ordered pair configured as <math>x\!:\!y</math> constitutes the turning of <math>x\!</math> into <math>y.\!</math>  It is possible that the next time we check in with CSP we will have to adjust our sense of direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we come to it.
  
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
+
==Note 19==
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  *  %  e  |  f  |  g  |  h  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o=======o=======o=======o=======o=======o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  e  %  e  |  f  |  g  |  h  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  f  %  f  |  e  |  h  |  g  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  g  %  g  |  h  |  e  |  f  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
|  h  %  h  |  g  |  f  |  e  |
 
|      %      |      |      |      |
 
o-------o-------o-------o-------o-------o
 
  
A group operation table is really just a device for recording
+
To construct the regular representations of <math>S_3,\!</math> we begin with the data of its operation table:
a certain 3-adic relation, specifically, the set of 3-tuples
 
of the form <x, y, z> that satisfy the equation x * y = z,
 
where the sign '*' that indicates the group operation is
 
frequently omitted in contexts where it is understood.
 
  
In the case of V_4 = (G, *), where G is the "underlying set"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
{e, f, g, h}, we have the 3-adic relation L(V_4) c G x G x G
+
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3</math>
whose triples are listed below:
+
|-
 +
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
  e:e:e
+
Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing, let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:
  e:f:f
 
  e:g:g
 
  e:h:h
 
  
  f:e:f
+
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.</math>  It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.
  f:f:e
 
  f:g:h
 
  f:h:g
 
  
  g:e:g
+
Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
  g:f:h
 
  g:g:e
 
  g:h:f
 
  
  h:e:h
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
  h:f:g
+
| valign="top" | 1.
  h:g:f
+
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.\!</math>
  h:h:e
+
|-
 +
| valign="top" | 2.
 +
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.\!</math>
 +
|}
  
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic
+
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the right margin.  This produces the ''regular ante-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
relation L c G^3 is actually a function L : G x G -> G.
 
It is from this functional perspective that we can see
 
an easy way to derive the two regular representations.
 
  
Since we have a function of the type L : G x G -> G,
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
we can define a couple of substitution operators:
+
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
 +
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{i}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{j}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
1.  Sub(x, <_, y>) puts any specified x into
+
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> on the right margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the left margin.  This produces the ''regular post-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
    the empty slot of the rheme <_, y>, with
 
    the effect of producing the saturated
 
    rheme <x, y> that evaluates to xy.
 
  
2.  Sub(x, <y, _>) puts any specified x into
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
    the empty slot of the rheme <y, _>, with
+
|
    the effect of producing the saturated
+
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
    rheme <y, x> that evaluates to yx.
+
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{i}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{j}
 +
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 +
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 +
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 +
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 +
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 +
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
In (1), we consider the effects of each x in its
+
If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep, it is just as it should be, as <math>S_3\!</math> is non-abelian (non-commutative), and so the two representations differ in the details of their practical effects, though, of course, being representations of the same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.
practical bearing on contexts of the form <_, y>,
 
as y ranges over G, and the effects are such that
 
x takes <_, y> into xy, for y in G, all of which
 
is summarily notated as x = {<y : xy> : y in G}.
 
The pairs <y : xy> can be found by picking an x
 
from the left margin of the group operation table
 
and considering its effects on each y in turn as
 
these run across the top margin. This aspect of
 
pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular
 
ante-representation:
 
  
  e  = e:e  +  f:f  +  g:g  +  h:h
+
==Note 20==
  
  f  e:f  +  f:e  +  g:h  +  h:g
+
{| cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" width="100%"
 +
| width="60%" | &nbsp;
 +
| width="40%" |
 +
the way of heaven and earth<br>
 +
is to be long continued<br>
 +
in their operation<br>
 +
without stopping
 +
|-
 +
| height="50px" | &nbsp;
 +
| valign="top" | &mdash; i ching, hexagram 32
 +
|}
  
  g =  e:g  +  f:h  +  g:e  +  h:f
+
The Reader may be wondering what happened to the announced subject of ''Dynamics And Logic''. What happened was a bit like this:
  
  h  =  e:h  +  f:g + g:f + h:e
+
We made the observation that the shift operators <math>\{ \operatorname{E}_{ij} \}</math> form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of the form <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.</math> Group theory is a very attractive subject, but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might initially think. For one thing, groups, especially the groups that are named after the Norwegian mathematician [http://www-history.mcs.st-andrews.ac.uk/Biographies/Lie.html Marius Sophus Lie (1842&ndash;1899)], have turned out to be of critical utility in the solution of differential equations. For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with which we have barely begun to break the ice. Finally, I couldn't resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.
  
In (2), we consider the effects of each x in its
+
==Note 21==
practical bearing on contexts of the form <y, _>,
 
as y ranges over G, and the effects are such that
 
x takes <y, _> into yx, for y in G, all of which
 
is summarily notated as x = {<y : yx> : y in G}.
 
The pairs <y : yx> can be found by picking an x
 
from the top margin of the group operation table
 
and considering its effects on each y in turn as
 
these run down the left margin.  This aspect of
 
pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular
 
post-representation:
 
  
  e =  e:e  +  f:f  +  g:g  +  h:h
+
We've seen a couple of groups, <math>V_4\!</math> and <math>S_3,\!</math> represented in various ways, and we've seen their representations presented in a variety of different manners. Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting a representation that is frequently seen, the so-called ''matrix representation'' of a group.
  
  f  = e:f  +  f:e  +  g:h  +  h:g
+
Recalling the manner of our acquaintance with the symmetric group <math>S_3,\!</math> we began with the ''bigraph'' (bipartite graph) picture of its natural representation as the set of all permutations or substitutions on the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \}.\!</math>
  
  g  =  e:g  +  f:h  +  g:e  +  h:f
+
<br>
  
  h  = e:h  +  f:+ g:f h:e
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a & b & c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
c & a & b
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
b & c & a
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a & c & b
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
c & b & a
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
b & a & c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep,
+
<br>
now that I'm writing them in the same dialect,
 
that is because V_4 is abelian (commutative),
 
and so the two representations have the very
 
same effects on each point of their bearing.
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
These permutations were then converted to relative form as logical sums of elementary relatives:
  
DAL.  Note 17
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\operatorname{e}
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{f}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{g}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{h}
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{i}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\operatorname{j}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
From the relational representation of <math>\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \} \cong S_3,</math> one easily derives a ''linear representation'' of the group by viewing each permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements of a suitable vector space onto each other.  Each of these linear transformations is in turn represented by a 2-dimensional array of coefficients in <math>\mathbb{B},</math> resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:
  
So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in
+
<br>
some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of
 
a non-abelian (non-commutative) group.  This is a group of six
 
elements, say, G = {e, f, g, h, i, j}, with no relation to any
 
other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course,
 
and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group
 
on a set of three letters, say, X = {a, b, c}, usually notated
 
as G = Sym(X) or more abstractly and briefly, as Sym(3) or S_3.
 
Here are the permutation (= substitution) operations in Sym(X):
 
  
Table 17-a.  Permutations or Substitutions in Sym_{a, b, c}
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o
+
|+ <math>\text{Matrix Representations of Permutations in}~ \operatorname{Sym}(3)</math>
|         |         |         |         |         |        |
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
|   e    |   f    |   g    |   h    |   i    |   j   |
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
|         |         |         |         |        |        |
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
o=========o=========o=========o=========o=========o=========o
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
|         |        |        |        |        |        |
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
|  a b c  |  a b c  |  a b c  |  a b c  |  a b c  |  a b c  |
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
+
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
|  | | |  |  | | |  |  | | |  |  | | |  |  | | |  |  | | |  |
+
|-
|  v v v  |  v v v  |  v v v  |  v v v  |  v v v  |  v v v  |
+
|
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|  a b c  |  c a b  |  b c a  |  a c b  |  c b a  |  b a c  |
+
1 & 0 & 0
|         |        |        |        |        |        |
+
\\
o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o
+
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\\
 +
1 & 0 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\\
 +
1 & 0 & 0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
1 & 0 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\\
 +
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\\
 +
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\\
 +
1 & 0 & 0
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0 & 1 & 0
 +
\\
 +
1 & 0 & 0
 +
\\
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\end{matrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
Here is the operation table for S_3, given in abstract fashion:
+
<br>
  
Table 17-b.  Symmetric Group S_3
+
The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and overlaid on a place-mat marked like so:
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                    e / \ e                    |
 
|                      /  \                      |
 
|                    /  e  \                    |
 
|                  f / \  / \ f                  |
 
|                  /  \ /  \                  |
 
|                  /  f  \  f  \                  |
 
|              g / \  / \  / \ g              |
 
|                /  \ /  \ /  \                |
 
|              /  g  \  g  \  g  \              |
 
|            h / \  / \  / \  / \ h            |
 
|            /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \            |
 
|            /  h  \  e  \  e  \  h  \            |
 
|        i / \  / \  / \  / \  / \ i        |
 
|          /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \          |
 
|        /  i  \  i  \  f  \  j  \  i  \        |
 
|      j / \  / \  / \  / \  / \  / \ j      |
 
|      /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \      |
 
|      o  j  \  j  \  j  \  i  \  h  \  j  o      |
 
|      \  / \  / \  / \  / \  / \  /      |
 
|        \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /        |
 
|        \  h  \  h  \  e  \  j  \  i  /        |
 
|          \  / \  / \  / \  / \  /          |
 
|          \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /          |
 
|            \  i  \  g  \  f  \  h  /            |
 
|            \  / \  / \  / \  /            |
 
|              \ /  \ /  \ /  \ /              |
 
|              \  f  \  e  \  g  /              |
 
|                \  / \  / \  /                |
 
|                \ /  \ /  \ /                |
 
|                  \  g  \  f  /                  |
 
|                  \  / \  /                  |
 
|                    \ /  \ /                    |
 
|                    \  e  /                    |
 
|                      \  /                      |
 
|                      \ /                      |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
  
I think that the NKS reader can guess how we might apply
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
this group to the space of propositions of type B^3 -> B.
+
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 +
a\!:\!a &
 +
a\!:\!b &
 +
a\!:\!c
 +
\\
 +
b\!:\!a &
 +
b\!:\!b &
 +
b\!:\!c
 +
\\
 +
c\!:\!a &
 +
c\!:\!b &
 +
c\!:\!c
 +
\end{bmatrix}</math>
 +
|}
  
By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group S_3 again
+
==Note 22==
when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper
 
"On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324-327), and also
 
his late unpublished work "The Simplest Mathematics" (1902)
 
(CP 4.227-323), with particular reference to the section
 
that treats of "Trichotomic Mathematics" (CP 4.307-323).
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
Let us summarize, in rough but intuitive terms, the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far.  We've been considering a class of operators on universes of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one universe of discourse, <math>X^\circ,</math> to considering a larger universe of discourse, <math>\operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math>  An operator <math>\operatorname{W}</math> of this general type, namely,<math>\operatorname{W} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ,</math> acts on each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> of the source universe <math>X^\circ</math> to produce a proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> of the target universe <math>\operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math>
  
DALNote 18
+
The two main operators that we've examined so far are the enlargement or shift operator <math>\operatorname{E} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ</math> and the difference operator <math>\operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math> The operators <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> act on propositions in <math>X^\circ,</math> that is, propositions of the form <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that are said to be ''about'' the subject matter of <math>X,\!</math> and they produce extended propositions of the forms <math>\operatorname{E}f, \operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> propositions whose extended sets of variables allow them to be read as being about specified collections of changes that conceivably occur in <math>X.\!</math>
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
At this point we find ourselves in need of visual representations, suitable arrays of concrete pictures to anchor our more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our wits about us as we venture higher into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.
  
By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we
+
One good picture comes to us by way of the ''field'' concept.  Given a space <math>X,\!</math> a ''field'' of a specified type <math>Y\!</math> over <math>X\!</math> is formed by associating with each point of <math>X\!</math> an object of type <math>Y.\!</math>  If that sounds like the same thing as a function from <math>X\!</math> to the space of things of type <math>Y\!</math> &mdash; it is nothing but &mdash; and yet it does seem helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem of this field idea.
did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group V_4, let us
 
write out as quickly as possible in "relative form" a minimal budget
 
of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, Sym(3).
 
After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various
 
representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our
 
abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details
 
of Peirce's early "Algebra + Logic" papers.
 
  
Writing the permutations or substitutions of Sym {a, b, c}
+
In the field picture, a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> becomes a ''scalar field'', that is, a field of values in <math>\mathbb{B}.</math>
in relative form generates what is generally thought of as
 
a "natural representation" of S_3.
 
  
  e  =  a:a + b:b + c:c
+
Let us take a moment to view an old proposition in this new light, for example, the logical conjunction <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> pictured in Figure&nbsp;22-a.
  
  f  = a:c + b:a + c:b
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 22-a.  Conjunction}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|}
  
  g  =  a:b + b:c + c:a
+
Each of the operators <math>\operatorname{E}, \operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ</math> takes us from considering propositions <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> here viewed as ''scalar fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> to considering the corresponding ''differential fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> analogous to what are usually called ''vector fields'' over <math>X.\!</math>
  
  h = a:a + b:c + c:b
+
The structure of these differential fields can be described this way. With each point of <math>X\!</math> there is associated an object of the following type: a proposition about changes in <math>X,\!</math> that is, a proposition <math>g : \operatorname{d}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  In this frame of reference, if <math>X^\circ</math> is the universe that is generated by the set of coordinate propositions <math>\{ p, q \},\!</math> then <math>\operatorname{d}X^\circ</math> is the differential universe that is generated by the set of differential propositions <math>\{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}.</math>  These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, p \, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> and <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, q \, {}^{\prime\prime},</math> respectively.
  
  i  =  a:c + b:b + c:a
+
A differential operator <math>\operatorname{W},</math> of the first order class that we have been considering, takes a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and gives back a differential proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  In the field view, we see the proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> as a scalar field and we see the differential proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> as a vector field, specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in <math>X.\!</math>
  
  j  =  a:b + b:a + c:c
+
The field of changes produced by <math>\operatorname{E}</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in Figure&nbsp;22-b.
  
I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
representation of S_3 in the style that comes most naturally to me,
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
to wit, the "right" way, whereby an ordered pair configured as x:y
+
|-
constitutes the turning of x into yIt is possible that the next
+
| <math>\text{Figure 22-bEnlargement}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
time we check in with CSP that we will have to adjust our sense of
+
|-
direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we
+
|
come to it.
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{E}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
The differential field <math>\operatorname{E}(pq)</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to reach one of the models of the proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, in order to satisfy the proposition <math>pq.\!</math>
  
DAL. Note 19
+
The field of changes produced by <math>\operatorname{D}\!</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in Figure&nbsp;22-c.
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 22-c.  Difference}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{D}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
To construct the regular representations of S_3,
+
The differential field <math>\operatorname{D}(pq)</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to feel a change in the felt value of the field <math>pq.\!</math>
we pick up from the data of its operation table,
 
DAL 17, Table 17-b, at either one of these sites:
 
  
http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
+
==Note 23==
http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
 
  
Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing,
+
I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic, which arose from exploring the connections between dynamics and logic, but I also wanted to give some hint of the applications that have motivated this work all along.  One of these applications is to cybernetic systems, whether we see these systems as agents or cultures, individuals or species, organisms or organizations.
let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:
 
  
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic
+
A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them.  It has a state space <math>X,\!</math> giving us all of the states that the system can be in, plus it has a goal space <math>G \subseteq X,</math> the set of  states that the system "likes" to be in, in other words, the distinguished subset of possible states where the system is regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question.  As for actions, there is to begin with the full set <math>\mathcal{T}</math> of all possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form <math>T : X \to X,</math> but a given cybernetic system will most likely have but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time.  And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting on the whole state space <math>X,\!</math> we quickly find a need to analyze and approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally. The preferred measure of "simplicity" will of course vary from one paradigm of research to another.
relation L c G^3 is actually a function L : G x G -> G.
 
It is from this functional perspective that we can see
 
an easy way to derive the two regular representations.
 
  
Since we have a function of the type L : G x G -> G,
+
A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure&nbsp;23.
we can define a couple of substitution operators:
 
 
 
1.  Sub(x, <_, y>) puts any specified x into
 
    the empty slot of the rheme <_, y>, with
 
    the effect of producing the saturated
 
    rheme <x, y> that evaluates to xy.
 
 
 
2.  Sub(x, <y, _>) puts any specified x into
 
    the empty slot of the rheme <y, _>, with
 
    the effect of producing the saturated
 
    rheme <y, x> that evaluates to yx.
 
 
 
In (1), we consider the effects of each x in its
 
practical bearing on contexts of the form <_, y>,
 
as y ranges over G, and the effects are such that
 
x takes <_, y> into xy, for y in G, all of which
 
is summarily notated as x = {<y : xy> : y in G}.
 
The pairs <y : xy> can be found by picking an x
 
from the left margin of the group operation table
 
and considering its effects on each y in turn as
 
these run along the right margin.  This produces
 
the regular ante-representation of S_3, like so:
 
 
 
  e  =  e:e  +  f:f  +  g:g  +  h:h  +  i:i  +  j:j
 
 
 
  f  =  e:f  +  f:g  +  g:e  +  h:j  +  i:h  +  j:i
 
 
 
  g  =  e:g  +  f:e  +  g:f  +  h:i  +  i:j  +  j:h
 
 
 
  h  =  e:h  +  f:i  +  g:j  +  h:e  +  i:f  +  j:g
 
 
 
  i  =  e:i  +  f:j  +  g:h  +  h:g  +  i:e  +  j:f
 
 
 
  j  =  e:j  +  f:h  +  g:i  +  h:f  +  i:g  +  j:e
 
 
 
In (2), we consider the effects of each x in its
 
practical bearing on contexts of the form <y, _>,
 
as y ranges over G, and the effects are such that
 
x takes <y, _> into yx, for y in G, all of which
 
is summarily notated as x = {<y : yx> : y in G}.
 
The pairs <y : yx> can be found by picking an x
 
on the right margin of the group operation table
 
and considering its effects on each y in turn as
 
these run along the left margin.  This generates
 
the regular post-representation of S_3, like so:
 
 
 
  e  =  e:e  +  f:f  +  g:g  +  h:h  +  i:i  +  j:j
 
 
 
  f  =  e:f  +  f:g  +  g:e  +  h:i  +  i:j  +  j:h
 
 
 
  g  =  e:g  +  f:e  +  g:f  +  h:j  +  i:h  +  j:i
 
 
 
  h  =  e:h  +  f:j  +  g:i  +  h:e  +  i:g  +  j:f
 
 
 
  i  =  e:i  +  f:h  +  g:j  +  h:f  +  i:e  +  j:g
 
 
 
  j  =  e:j  +  f:i  +  g:h  +  h:g  +  i:f  +  j:e
 
 
 
If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep,
 
it is just as it should be, as S_3 is non-abelian
 
(non-commutative), and so the two representations
 
differ in the details of their practical effects,
 
though, of course, being representations of the
 
same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 20
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
You may be wondering what happened to the announced subject
 
of "Dynamics And Logic".  What occurred was a bit like this:
 
 
 
We happened to make the observation that the shift operators {E_ij}
 
form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of
 
the form f : B x B -> B.  Group theory is a very attractive subject,
 
but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might
 
initially think.  For one thing, groups, especially the groups that
 
are named after the Norwegian mathematician Marius Sophus Lie, turn
 
out to be of critical importance in solving differential equations.
 
For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply
 
of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the
 
years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in
 
the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that
 
have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with
 
which we have scarcely begun to break the ice.  Finally, I couldn't
 
resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting
 
to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.
 
 
 
Biographical Data for Marius Sophus Lie (1842-1899):
 
http://www-groups.dcs.st-and.ac.uk/~history/Mathematicians/Lie.html
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 21
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
We have seen a couple of groups, V_4 and S_3, represented in
 
several different ways, and we have seen each of these types
 
of representation presented in several different fashions.
 
Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting
 
a group representation that is often used, the so-called
 
"matrix representation" of a group.
 
 
 
Returning to the example of Sym(3), we first encountered
 
this group in concrete form as a set of permutations or
 
substitutions acting on a set of letters X = {a, b, c}.
 
This set of permutations was displayed in Table 17-a,
 
copies of which can be found here:
 
 
 
http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
 
http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
 
 
 
These permutations were then converted to "relative form":
 
 
 
  e  =  a:a + b:b + c:c
 
 
 
  f  =  a:c + b:a + c:b
 
 
 
  g  =  a:b + b:c + c:a
 
 
 
  h  =  a:a + b:c + c:b
 
 
 
  i  =  a:c + b:b + c:a
 
 
 
  j  =  a:b + b:a + c:c
 
 
 
From this relational representation of Sym {a, b, c} ~=~ S_3,
 
one easily derives a "linear representation", regarding each
 
permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements
 
of a suitable vector space into each other, and representing
 
each of these linear transformations by means of a matrix,
 
resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:
 
 
 
Table 21.  Matrix Representations of the Permutations in S_3
 
o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o
 
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
 
|    e    |    f    |    g    |    h    |    i    |    j    |
 
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
 
o=========o=========o=========o=========o=========o=========o
 
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
 
|  1 0 0  |  0 0 1  |  0 1 0  |  1 0 0  |  0 0 1  |  0 1 0  |
 
|  0 1 0  |  1 0 0  |  0 0 1  |  0 0 1  |  0 1 0  |  1 0 0  |
 
|  0 0 1  |  0 1 0  |  1 0 0  |  0 1 0  |  1 0 0  |  0 0 1  |
 
|        |        |        |        |        |        |
 
o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o---------o
 
 
 
The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by
 
observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and
 
overlayed on a place mat that's marked like so:
 
 
 
o-----o-----o-----o
 
| a:a | a:b | a:c |
 
o-----o-----o-----o
 
| b:a | b:b | b:c |
 
o-----o-----o-----o
 
| c:a | c:b | c:c |
 
o-----o-----o-----o
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 22
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
It would be good to summarize, in rough but intuitive terms,
 
the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far.
 
 
 
We've been considering a class of operators on universes
 
of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one
 
universe of discourse, X%, to considering a larger universe
 
of discourse, EX%.
 
 
 
Each of these operators, in broad terms having the form
 
W : X% -> EX%, acts on each proposition f : X -> B of the
 
source universe X% to produce a proposition Wf : EX -> B
 
of the target universe EX%.
 
 
 
The two main operators that we have worked with up to this
 
point are the enlargement or shift operator E : X% -> EX%
 
and the difference operator D : X% -> EX%.
 
 
 
E and D take a proposition in X%, that is, a proposition f : X -> B
 
that is said to be "about" the subject matter of X, and produce the
 
extended propositions Ef, Df : EX -> B, which may be interpreted as
 
being about specified collections of changes that might occur in X.
 
 
 
Here we have need of visual representations,
 
some array of concrete pictures to anchor our
 
more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our
 
wits about us before we try to climb any higher
 
into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.
 
 
 
One good picture comes to us by way of the "field" concept.
 
Given a space X, a "field" of a specified type Y over X is
 
formed by assigning to each point of X an object of type Y.
 
If that sounds like the same thing as a function from X to
 
the space of things of type Y -- it is -- but it does seem
 
helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of
 
the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem
 
of this field idea.
 
 
 
In the field picture, a proposition f : X -> B becomes
 
a "scalar" field, that is, a field of values in B, or
 
a "field of model indications" (FOMI).
 
 
 
Let us take a moment to view an old proposition
 
in this new light, for example, the conjunction
 
pq : X -> B that is depicted in Figure 22-a.
 
 
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|        o-------------o  o-------------o        |
 
|      /              \ /              \      |
 
|      /                o                \      |
 
|    /                /%\                \    |
 
|    /                /%%%\                \    |
 
|  o                o%%%%%o                o  |
 
|  |                |%%%%%|                |  |
 
|  |        P        |%%%%%|        Q        |  |
 
|  |                |%%%%%|                |  |
 
|  o                o%%%%%o                o  |
 
|    \                \%%%/                /    |
 
|    \                \%/                /    |
 
|      \                o                /      |
 
|      \              / \              /      |
 
|        o-------------o  o-------------o        |
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|  f =                  p q                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 22-a.  Conjunction pq : X -> B
 
 
 
Each of the operators E, D : X% -> EX% takes us from considering
 
propositions f : X -> B, here viewed as "scalar fields" over X,
 
to considering the corresponding "differential fields" over X,
 
analogous to what are usually called "vector fields" over X.
 
 
 
The structure of these differential fields can be described this way.
 
To each point of X there is attached an object of the following type:
 
a proposition about changes in X, that is, a proposition g : dX -> B.
 
In this frame, if X% is the universe that is generated by the set of
 
coordinate propositions {p, q}, then dX% is the differential universe
 
that is generated by the set of differential propositions {dp, dq}.
 
These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating
 
"change in p" and "change in q", respectively.
 
 
 
A differential operator W, of the first order sort that we have
 
been considering, takes a proposition f : X -> B and gives back
 
a differential proposition Wf: EX -> B.
 
 
 
In the field view, we see the proposition f : X -> B as a scalar field
 
and we see the differential proposition Wf: EX -> B as a vector field,
 
specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in X.
 
 
 
The field of changes produced by E on pq is shown in Figure 22-b.
 
 
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|        o-------------o  o-------------o        |
 
|      /              \ /              \      |
 
|      /        P        o        Q        \      |
 
|    /                /%\                \    |
 
|    /                /%%%\                \    |
 
|  o                o.->-.o                o  |
 
|  |    p(q)(dp)dq  |%\%/%|  (p)q dp(dq)    |  |
 
|  | o---------------|->o<-|---------------o |  |
 
|  |                |%%^%%|                |  |
 
|  o                o%%|%%o                o  |
 
|    \                \%|%/                /    |
 
|    \                \|/                /    |
 
|      \                o                /      |
 
|      \              /|\              /      |
 
|        o-------------o | o-------------o        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                  (p)(q) dp dq                  |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|  f =                  p q                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
| Ef =              p  q  (dp)(dq)              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      p (q)  (dp) dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p) q    dp (dq)              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p)(q)  dp  dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 22-b.  Enlargement E[pq] : EX -> B
 
 
 
The differential field E[pq] specifies the changes
 
that need to be made from each point of X in order
 
to reach one of the models of the proposition pq,
 
that is, in order to satisfy the proposition pq.
 
 
 
The field of changes produced by D on pq is shown in Figure 22-c.
 
 
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
|                                                |
 
|        o-------------o  o-------------o        |
 
|      /              \ /              \      |
 
|      /        P        o        Q        \      |
 
|    /                /%\                \    |
 
|    /                /%%%\                \    |
 
|  o                o%%%%%o                o  |
 
|  |      (dp)dq    |%%%%%|    dp(dq)      |  |
 
|  | o<--------------|->o<-|-------------->o |  |
 
|  |                |%%^%%|                |  |
 
|  o                o%%|%%o                o  |
 
|    \                \%|%/                /    |
 
|    \                \|/                /    |
 
|      \                o                /      |
 
|      \              /|\              /      |
 
|        o-------------o | o-------------o        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        |                        |
 
|                        v                        |
 
|                        o                        |
 
|                      dp dq                      |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|  f =                  p q                      |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                |
 
| Df =              p  q  ((dp)(dq))              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      p (q)  (dp) dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p) q    dp (dq)              |
 
|                                                |
 
|          +      (p)(q)  dp  dq                |
 
|                                                |
 
o-------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 22-c.  Difference D[pq] : EX -> B
 
 
 
The differential field D[pq] specifies the changes
 
that need to be made from each point of X in order
 
to feel a change in the felt value of the field pq.
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 23
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic,
 
which arose out of many years of thinking about the connections
 
between dynamics and logic -- those there are and those there
 
ought to be -- but I also wanted to give some hint of the
 
applications that have motivated this work all along.
 
One of these applications is to cybernetic systems,
 
whether we see these systems as agents or cultures,
 
individuals or species, organisms or organizations.
 
 
 
A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them.
 
It has a state space X, giving us all of the states that the
 
system can be in, plus it has a goal space G c X, the set of
 
states that the system "likes" to be in, in other words, the
 
distinguished subset of possible states where the system is
 
regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the
 
type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question.
 
As for actions, there is to begin with the full set !T! of all
 
possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form
 
T : X -> X, but a given cybernetic system will most likely have
 
but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time.
 
And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and
 
very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting
 
on the whole state space X, we quickly find a need to analyze and
 
approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally.
 
The preferred measure of "simplicity" will of course vary from one
 
paradigm of research to another.
 
 
 
A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will
 
remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even
 
as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure 23.
 
  
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|
 +
<pre>
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                                    |
 
|                                                                    |
Line 2,428: Line 3,518:
 
|      /                              \                              |
 
|      /                              \                              |
 
|    /                                \                            |
 
|    /                                \                            |
|    o                                   o                            |
+
|    o                 G                o                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
|    |                 G                |                            |
+
|    |                       o<---------T---------o                  |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
 
|    |                                  |                            |
Line 2,439: Line 3,529:
 
|    \                                /                            |
 
|    \                                /                            |
 
|      \                              /                              |
 
|      \                              /                              |
|      \                           T /                              |
+
|      \                             /                              |
|        \             o<------------/-------------o                  |
+
|        \                           /                               |
 
|        \                        /                                |
 
|        \                        /                                |
 
|          \                      /                                  |
 
|          \                      /                                  |
Line 2,449: Line 3,539:
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System
 
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System
 +
</pre>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
==Note 24==
 
 
DAL.  Note 24
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
Now that we've introduced the field picture for thinking about
 
propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of
 
picturing the relationship among a proposition f : X -> B, its
 
enlargement or shift map Ef : EX -> B, and its difference map
 
Df : EX -> B can now be drawn.
 
  
To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential
+
Now that we've introduced the field picture as an aid to thinking about propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of picturing the relationships among a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> its enlargement or shift map <math>\operatorname{E}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> and its difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> can now be drawn.
analysis of the conjunctive proposition f<p, q> = pq, giving the
 
development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.
 
  
Figure 24-1 shows the proposition pq once again, which we now view
+
To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential analysis of the conjunctive proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> giving the development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.
as a scalar field, in effect, a potential "plateau" of elevation 1
 
over the shaded region, with an elevation of 0 everywhere else.
 
  
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
Figure&nbsp;24-1 shows the proposition <math>pq\!</math> once again, which we now view as a scalar field &mdash; analogous to a ''potential hill'' in physics, but in logic tantamount to a ''potential plateau'' &mdash; where the shaded region indicates an elevation of 1 and the unshaded region indicates an elevation of 0.
|                                                                    |
 
|  X                                                                |
 
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
 
|          /                    \ /                    \          |
 
|          /                      o                      \          |
 
|        /                      /%\                      \        |
 
|        /                      /%%%\                      \        |
 
|      /                      /%%%%%\                      \      |
 
|      /                      /%%%%%%%\                      \      |
 
|    /                      /%%%%%%%%%\                      \    |
 
|    o                      o%%%%%%%%%%%o                      o    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    |          P            |%%%%%%%%%%%|            Q          |    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    |                      |%%%%%%%%%%%|                      |    |
 
|    o                      o%%%%%%%%%%%o                      o    |
 
|    \                      \%%%%%%%%%/                      /    |
 
|      \                      \%%%%%%%/                      /      |
 
|      \                      \%%%%%/                      /      |
 
|        \                      \%%%/                      /        |
 
|        \                      \%/                      /        |
 
|          \                      o                      /          |
 
|          \                    / \                    /          |
 
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
 
|                                                                    |
 
|                                                                    |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 24-1.  Proposition pq : X -> B
 
  
Given any proposition f : X -> B, the "tacit extension" of f to EX
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
is notated !e!f : EX -> B and defined by the equation !e!f = f, so
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
it's really just the same proposition living in a bigger universe.
+
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 24-1.  Proposition}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|}
  
Tacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a new function
+
Given a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> the ''tacit extension'' of <math>f\!</math> to <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> is denoted <math>\varepsilon f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and defined by the equation <math>\varepsilon f = f,</math> so it's really just the same proposition residing in a bigger universe.  Tacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a function on a particular set of variables can be extended to a function on a superset of those variables in such a way that the new function obeys the same constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on the new variables.
is related to an old function in such a way that it obeys the same
 
constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on
 
the new variables.
 
  
Figure 24-2 illustrates the "tacit extension" of the proposition
+
Figure&nbsp;24-2 shows the tacit extension of the scalar field <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> to the differential field <math>\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
or scalar field f = pq : X -> B to give the extended proposition
 
or differential field that we notate as !e!f = !e![pq] : EX -> B.
 
  
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
|                                                                     |
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Tacit Extension Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
|   X                                                                |
+
|-
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
+
| <math>\text{Figure 24-2.  Tacit Extension}~ \varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
|           /                    \ /                    \           |
+
|-
|          /  P                    o                    Q  \         |
+
|
|        /                      / \                       \         |
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
|       /                      /  \                      \        |
+
\varepsilon (pq)
|      /                      /    \                      \      |
+
& = &
|      /                      /      \                       \      |
+
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
|    /                      /        \                      \     |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
|    o                      o (dp) (dq) o                      o    |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
|    |                      |  o-->--o  |                      |    |
+
\\[4pt]
|    |                      |  \   /  |                      |    |
+
& + &
|    |            (dp) dq  |    \ /    |  dp (dq)             |    |
+
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
|    |          o<-----------------o----------------->o          |    |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
+
\\[4pt]
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
+
& + &
|    o                      o    |    o                      o    |
+
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
|    \                       \   |    /                      /    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|      \                       \   |  /                      /      |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
|      \                       \ |  /                      /      |
+
\\[4pt]
|        \                       \ | /                      /        |
+
& + &
|        \                       \|/                      /        |
+
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
|          \                       |                      /          |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|          \                     /|\                     /          |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|            o-------------------o | o-------------------o            |
+
\end{array}</math>
|                                  |                                  |
+
|}
|                              dp | dq                              |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  v                                  |
 
|                                  o                                  |
 
|                                                                     |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 24-2.  Tacit Extension !e![pq] : EX -> B
 
  
Thus we have a pictorial way of visualizing the following data:
+
==Note 25==
  
  !e![pq]
+
Continuing with the example <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> Figure&nbsp;25-1 shows the enlargement or shift map <math>\operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> in the same style of differential field picture that we drew for the tacit extension <math>\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
  
    =
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 25-1.  Enlargement Map}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{E}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
    p q . dp dq
+
A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here, almost tacitly, as it were.  Generally speaking, having a set of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the two differential fields <math>\varepsilon f</math> and <math>\operatorname{E}f,</math> both of the type <math>\operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.
  
    +
+
In this case one notices that the tacit extension <math>\varepsilon f</math> and the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> are in a certain sense dual to each other.  The tacit extension <math>\varepsilon f</math> indicates all the arrows out of the region where <math>f\!</math> is true and the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> indicates all the arrows into the region where <math>f\!</math> is true.  The only arc they have in common is the no-change loop <math>\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}</math> at <math>pq.\!</math>  If we add the two sets of arcs in mod 2 fashion then the loop of multiplicity 2 zeroes out, leaving the 6 arrows of <math>\operatorname{D}(pq) = \varepsilon(pq) + \operatorname{E}(pq)</math> that are illustrated in Figure&nbsp;25-2.
  
    p q . dp (dq)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 25-2.  Difference Map}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{D}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
    +
+
==Note 26==
  
    p q . (dp) dq
+
If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series of the proposition <math>f = pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> in the following way.
  
    +
+
Figure&nbsp;26-1 shows the differential proposition <math>\operatorname{d}f = \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f = \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  This is the logical analogue of what would ordinarily be called ''the'' differential of <math>pq,\!</math> but since I've been attaching the adjective ''differential'' to just about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost.  For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative name ''tangent map'' for <math>\operatorname{d}f.\!</math>
  
    p q . (dp)(dq)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Differential Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Figure 26-1.  Tangent Map}~ \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
Just to be clear about what's being indicated here, it's a visual way of summarizing the following data:
  
DAL.  Note 25
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{d}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{,} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & 0
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
To understand the extended interpretations, that is, the conjunctions of basic and differential features that are being indicated here, it may help to note the following equivalences:
  
Staying with the example pq : X -> B, Figure 25-1 shows
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
the enlargement or shift map E[pq] : EX -> B in the same
+
|
style of differential field picture that we drew for the
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
tacit extension !e![pq] : EX -> B.
+
\texttt{(}
 
+
\operatorname{d}p
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
\texttt{,}
|                                                                    |
+
\operatorname{d}q
|  X                                                                |
+
\texttt{)}
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
+
& = &
|          /                    \ /                    \          |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|          /  P                    o                    Q  \         |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
|        /                      / \                       \        |
+
& + &
|        /                      /  \                       \        |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
|      /                      /    \                       \      |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|      /                      /      \                      \      |
+
\\[4pt]
|    /                      /        \                       \     |
+
dp
|    o                      o (dp) (dq) o                      o    |
+
& = &
|    |                      |  o-->--o  |                      |    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|    |                      |  \   /  |                      |    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|    |            (dp) dq  |    \ /    |  dp (dq)            |    |
+
& + &
|    |          o----------------->o<-----------------o          |    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|    |                      |    ^    |                      |    |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
+
\\[4pt]
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
+
\operatorname{d}q
|    o                      o    |    o                      o    |
+
& = &
|    \                       \   |    /                      /    |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
|      \                      \  |  /                      /      |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|      \                       \ |  /                      /      |
+
& + &
|        \                       \ | /                      /        |
+
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
|        \                       \|/                      /        |
+
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
|          \                       |                      /          |
+
\end{matrix}</math>
|          \                     /|\                     /          |
+
|}
|            o-------------------o | o-------------------o            |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                              dp | dq                              |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  o                                  |
 
|                                                                    |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 25-1.  Enlargement E[pq] : EX -> B
 
 
 
A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here,
 
almost tacitly, as it were.  Generally speaking, having a set
 
of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the
 
two differential fields !e!f and Ef, both of the type EX -> B,
 
is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields
 
as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and
 
combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.
 
 
 
In this case one notices that the tacit extension !e!f and the
 
enlargement Ef are in a certain sense dual to each other, with
 
!e!f indicating all of the arrows out of the region where f is
 
true, and with Ef indicating all of the arrows into the region
 
where f is true.  The only arc that they have in common is the
 
no-change loop (dp)(dq) at pq.  If we add the two sets of arcs
 
mod 2, then the common loop drops out, leaving the 6 arrows of
 
D[pq] = !e![pq] + E[pq] that are illustrated in Figure 25-2.
 
 
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                                    |
 
|  X                                                                |
 
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
 
|          /                    \ /                    \           |
 
|          /  P                    o                    Q  \         |
 
|        /                      / \                       \         |
 
|        /                      /  \                      \        |
 
|      /                      /    \                       \       |
 
|      /                      /      \                       \      |
 
|    /                      /        \                       \    |
 
|    o                      o          o                      o    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |            (dp) dq  |          |  dp (dq)            |    |
 
|    |          o<---------------->o<---------------->o          |    |
 
|    |                      |    ^    |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |    |    |                      |    |
 
|    o                      o    |    o                      o    |
 
|    \                       \   |    /                      /    |
 
|      \                      \  |  /                      /      |
 
|      \                       \ |  /                      /      |
 
|        \                      \ | /                      /        |
 
|        \                      \|/                      /        |
 
|          \                      |                      /          |
 
|          \                    /|\                    /          |
 
|            o-------------------o | o-------------------o            |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                              dp | dq                              |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  v                                  |
 
|                                  o                                  |
 
|                                                                    |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 25-2.  Difference Map D[pq] : EX -> B
 
 
 
The differential features of D[pq] may be collected cell by cell of
 
the underlying universe X% = [p, q] to give the following expansion:
 
 
 
  D[pq]
 
 
 
  =
 
 
 
  p q . ((dp)(dq))
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  p (q) . (dp) dq
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  (p) q . dp (dq)
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  (p)(q) . dp dq
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
DAL.  Note 26
 
 
 
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
 
 
 
If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions
 
as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series
 
of the proposition f = pq : X -> B in the following way.
 
 
 
Figure 26-1 shows the differential proposition df = d[pq] : EX -> B
 
that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the
 
difference map Df = D[pq] : EX -> B.  This is the logical analogue
 
of what would ordinarily be called 'the' differential of pq, but
 
since I've been attaching the adjective "differential" to just
 
about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost.
 
For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative
 
name "tangent map" for df.
 
 
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
|                                                                    |
 
|  X                                                                |
 
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
 
|          /                    \ /                    \          |
 
|          /  P                    o                    Q  \         |
 
|        /                      / \                       \         |
 
|        /                      /  \                      \        |
 
|      /                      /    \                       \       |
 
|      /                      /  o  \                      \      |
 
|    /                      /  ^ ^  \                      \    |
 
|    o                      o  /  \  o                      o    |
 
|    |                      |  /    \  |                      |    |
 
|    |                      | /      \ |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |/        \|                      |    |
 
|    |                  (dp)/ dq    dp \(dq)                   |    |
 
|    |                      /|          |\                     |    |
 
|    |                    / |          | \                     |    |
 
|    |                    /  |          |  \                   |    |
 
|    o                  /  o          o  \                  o    |
 
|    \                 v    \  dp dq  /     v                /    |
 
|      \              o<--------------------->o              /      |
 
|       \                      \    /                      /      |
 
|        \                      \  /                      /        |
 
|        \                      \ /                      /        |
 
|          \                      o                      /          |
 
|          \                    / \                    /          |
 
|            o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
 
|                                                                    |
 
|                                                                    |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 26-1.  Differential or Tangent d[pq] : EX -> B
 
 
 
Just to be clear about what's being indicated here,
 
it's a visual way of specifying the following data:
 
 
 
  d[pq]
 
 
 
  =
 
 
 
  p q . (dp, dq)
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  p (q) . dq
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  (p) q . dp
 
 
 
  +
 
 
 
  (p)(q) . 0
 
 
 
To understand the extended interpretations, that is,
 
the conjunctions of basic and differential features
 
that are being indicated here, it may help to note
 
the following equivalences:
 
 
 
  (dp, dq)  =  dp + dq  =  dp(dq) + (dp)dq
 
 
 
      dp      =  dp dq  +  dp(dq)
 
 
 
      dq      =  dp dq  +  (dp)dq
 
  
Capping the series that analyzes the proposition pq
+
Capping the series that analyzes the proposition <math>pq\!</math> in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions, Figure&nbsp;26-2 shows the remainder map <math>\operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.
in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions,
 
Figure 26-2 shows the remainder map r[pq] : EX -> B,
 
that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.
 
  
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
|                                                                     |
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Remainder Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
|  X                                                                |
+
|-
|           o-------------------o  o-------------------o            |
+
| <math>\text{Figure 26-2.  Remainder Map}~ \operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
|           /                    \ /                    \          |
+
|}
|          /  P                    o                    Q  \          |
 
|        /                      / \                      \        |
 
|        /                      /  \                      \        |
 
|      /                      /    \                      \      |
 
|      /                      /      \                      \      |
 
|    /                      /        \                      \    |
 
|    o                      o          o                      o    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |  dp dq  |                      |    |
 
|    |            o<------------------------------->o            |    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |          |                      |    |
 
|    |                      |    o    |                      |    |
 
|    o                      o    ^    o                      o    |
 
|    \                       \    |    /                      /    |
 
|      \                      \  |  /                      /      |
 
|      \                      \  |  /                      /      |
 
|        \                      \ | /                      /        |
 
|        \                      \|/                      /        |
 
|          \                    dp | dq                    /          |
 
|          \                    /|\                    /          |
 
|            o-------------------o | o-------------------o            |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  |                                  |
 
|                                  v                                  |
 
|                                  o                                  |
 
|                                                                    |
 
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 
Figure 26-2.  Remainder r[pq] : EX -> B
 
  
 
Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:
 
Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:
  
    r[pq]
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\operatorname{r}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
 +
\end{array}</math>
 +
|}
  
    =
+
In short, <math>\operatorname{r}(pq)</math> is a constant field, having the value <math>\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q</math> at each cell.
  
    p q . dp dq
+
==Further Reading==
  
    +
+
A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:
  
    p (q) . dp dq
+
:* [[Directory:Jon_Awbrey/Papers/Differential_Logic_and_Dynamic_Systems_2.0|Differential Logic and Dynamic Systems]]
  
    +
+
==Document History==
 
 
    (p) q . dp dq
 
 
 
    +
 
 
 
    (p)(q) . dp dq
 
 
 
In short, r[pq] is a constant field,
 
having the value dp dq at each cell.
 
 
 
A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:
 
  
DLOG D.  http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2003-May/thread.html#478
+
===Ontology List (Apr&ndash;Jul 2002)===
DLOG D.  http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2003-June/thread.html#553
 
DLOG D.  http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2003-June/thread.html#571
 
  
o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o~~~~~~~~~o
+
* http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/thrd28.html#04040
</pre>
+
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04040.html
 
+
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04041.html
==Document History==
+
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04045.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04046.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04047.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04048.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04052.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04054.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04055.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04067.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04068.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04069.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04070.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04072.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04073.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04074.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04077.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04079.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04080.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04268.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04269.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04272.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04273.html
 +
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04290.html
  
 
===Inquiry List (May & Jul 2004)===
 
===Inquiry List (May & Jul 2004)===
Line 2,889: Line 3,863:
 
===NKS Forum (May & Jul 2004)===
 
===NKS Forum (May & Jul 2004)===
  
 +
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/archive/topic/420-1.html
 +
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/printthread.php?threadid=420
 
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=420
 
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=420
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
Line 2,916: Line 3,892:
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603
 +
 +
[[Category:Artificial Intelligence]]
 +
[[Category:Boolean Algebra]]
 +
[[Category:Boolean Functions]]
 +
[[Category:Charles Sanders Peirce]]
 +
[[Category:Combinatorics]]
 +
[[Category:Computational Complexity]]
 +
[[Category:Computer Science]]
 +
[[Category:Cybernetics]]
 +
[[Category:Differential Logic]]
 +
[[Category:Equational Reasoning]]
 +
[[Category:Formal Languages]]
 +
[[Category:Formal Systems]]
 +
[[Category:Graph Theory]]
 +
[[Category:Inquiry]]
 +
[[Category:Inquiry Driven Systems]]
 +
[[Category:Knowledge Representation]]
 +
[[Category:Logic]]
 +
[[Category:Logical Graphs]]
 +
[[Category:Mathematics]]
 +
[[Category:Philosophy]]
 +
[[Category:Propositional Calculus]]
 +
[[Category:Semiotics]]
 +
[[Category:Visualization]]

Latest revision as of 13:28, 10 December 2014


Note. Many problems with the sucky MathJax on this page. The parser apparently reads 4 tildes inside math brackets the way it would in the external wiki environment, in other words, as signature tags. Jon Awbrey (talk) 18:00, 5 December 2014 (UTC)

Note 1

I am going to excerpt some of my previous explorations on differential logic and dynamic systems and bring them to bear on the sorts of discrete dynamical themes that we find of interest in the NKS Forum. This adaptation draws on the "Cactus Rules", "Propositional Equation Reasoning Systems", and "Reductions Among Relations" threads, and will in time be applied to the "Differential Analytic Turing Automata" thread:

One of the first things that you can do, once you have a moderately efficient calculus for boolean functions or propositional logic, whatever you choose to call it, is to start thinking about, and even start computing, the differentials of these functions or propositions.

Let us start with a proposition of the form \(p ~\operatorname{and}~ q\) that is graphed as two labels attached to a root node:

Cactus Graph Existential P And Q.jpg

Written as a string, this is just the concatenation \(p~q\).

The proposition \(pq\!\) may be taken as a boolean function \(f(p, q)\!\) having the abstract type \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B},\) where \(\mathbb{B} = \{ 0, 1 \}\) is read in such a way that \(0\!\) means \(\operatorname{false}\) and \(1\!\) means \(\operatorname{true}.\)

In this style of graphical representation, the value \(\operatorname{true}\) looks like a blank label and the value \(\operatorname{false}\) looks like an edge.

Cactus Graph Existential True.jpg
Cactus Graph Existential False.jpg

Back to the proposition \(pq.\!\) Imagine yourself standing in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say, the cell where the proposition \(pq\!\) is true, as shown in the following Figure:

Venn Diagram P And Q.jpg

Now ask yourself: What is the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) at a distance of \(\operatorname{d}p\) and \(\operatorname{d}q\) from the cell \(pq\!\) where you are standing?

Don't think about it — just compute:

Cactus Graph (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg

The cactus formula \(\texttt{(p, dp)(q, dq)}\) and its corresponding graph arise by substituting \(p + \operatorname{d}p\) for \(p\!\) and \(q + \operatorname{d}q\) for \(q\!\) in the boolean product or logical conjunction \(pq\!\) and writing the result in the two dialects of cactus syntax. This follows from the fact that the boolean sum \(p + \operatorname{d}p\) is equivalent to the logical operation of exclusive disjunction, which parses to a cactus graph of the following form:

Cactus Graph (P,dP).jpg

Next question: What is the difference between the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) over there, at a distance of \(\operatorname{d}p\) and \(\operatorname{d}q,\) and the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) where you are standing, all expressed in the form of a general formula, of course? Here is the appropriate formulation:

Cactus Graph ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg

There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point: Computed over \(\mathbb{B},\) plus and minus are identical operations. This will make the relation between the differential and the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.

Last question, for now: What is the value of this expression from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point where \(pq\!\) is true? Well, substituting \(1\!\) for \(p\!\) and \(1\!\) for \(q\!\) in the graph amounts to erasing the labels \(p\!\) and \(q\!,\) as shown here:

Cactus Graph (( ,dP)( ,dQ), ).jpg

And this is equivalent to the following graph:

Cactus Graph ((dP)(dQ)).jpg

Note 2

We have just met with the fact that the differential of the and is the or of the differentials.

\(\begin{matrix} p ~\operatorname{and}~ q & \quad & \xrightarrow{\quad\operatorname{Diff}\quad} & \quad & \operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{or}~ \operatorname{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus Graph PQ Diff ((dP)(dQ)).jpg

It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of that statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.

If the form of the above statement reminds you of De Morgan's rule, it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be closely related operations. Indeed, one can find discussions of logical difference calculus in the Boole–De Morgan correspondence and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the lack of a syntax that was adequate to handle the complexity of expressions that evolve.

Let us run through the initial example again, this time attempting to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way.

We begin with a proposition or a boolean function \(f(p, q) = pq.\!\)

Venn Diagram F = P And Q.jpg
Cactus Graph F = P And Q.jpg

A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type. The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}\) or \(f : \mathbb{B}^2 \to \mathbb{B}.\) The concrete type takes into account the qualitative dimensions or the "units" of the case, which can be explained as follows.

Let \(P\!\) be the set of values \(\{ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)},~ p \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ p,~ p \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\)
Let \(Q\!\) be the set of values \(\{ \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ q \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ q,~ q \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\)

Then interpret the usual propositions about \(p, q\!\) as functions of the concrete type \(f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}.\)

We are going to consider various operators on these functions. Here, an operator \(\operatorname{F}\) is a function that takes one function \(f\!\) into another function \(\operatorname{F}f.\)

The first couple of operators that we need to consider are logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role in the classical finite difference calculus, namely:

The difference operator \(\Delta,\!\) written here as \(\operatorname{D}.\)
The enlargement" operator \(\Epsilon,\!\) written here as \(\operatorname{E}.\)

These days, \(\operatorname{E}\) is more often called the shift operator.

In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate, it is necessary to enlarge the original universe of discourse. Starting from the initial space \(X = P \times Q,\) its (first order) differential extension \(\operatorname{E}X\) is constructed according to the following specifications:

\(\begin{array}{rcc} \operatorname{E}X & = & X \times \operatorname{d}X \end{array}\!\)

where:

\(\begin{array}{rcc} X & = & P \times Q \'"`UNIQ-MathJax1-QINU`"' Amazing! =='"`UNIQ--h-10--QINU`"'Note 11== We have been contemplating functions of the type \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) and studying the action of the operators \(\operatorname{E}\) and \(\operatorname{D}\) on this family. These functions, that we may identify for our present aims with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract forms, are logical analogues of scalar potential fields. These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers who trek down their slopes like least action heroes. The analogous scene in propositional logic presents us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls, being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche to inhabit between them, restricting our options for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to just one of two: standing still on level ground or falling off a bluff.

We are still working well within the logical analogue of the classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to bring to light. Soon we will take up several different notions of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions. In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps, having concrete types of the form \(X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to Y_1 \times \ldots \times Y_n\) and abstract types \(\mathbb{B}^k \to \mathbb{B}^n.\) We will think of these mappings as transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others, in short, as transformations of discourse.

Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like to highlight another sort of differential aspect that concerns the boundary operator or the marked connective that serves as one of the two basic connectives in the cactus language for ZOL.

For example, consider the proposition \(f\!\) of concrete type \(f : P \times Q \times R \to \mathbb{B}\) and abstract type \(f : \mathbb{B}^3 \to \mathbb{B}\) that is written \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\) in cactus syntax. Taken as an assertion in what Peirce called the existential interpretation, the proposition \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\) says that just one of \(p, q, r\!\) is false. It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the logical conjunction \(pqr\!\) of the same propositions. A venn diagram of \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\) looks like this:

Minimal Negation Operator (p,q,r).jpg

In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction \(pqr,\!\) the region indicated by \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\) is comprised of the adjacent or bordering cells. Thus they are the cells that are just across the boundary of the center cell, reached as if by way of Leibniz's minimal changes from the point of origin, in this case, \(pqr.\!\)

More generally speaking, in a \(k\!\)-dimensional universe of discourse that is based on the alphabet of features \(\mathcal{X} = \{ x_1, \ldots, x_k \},\) the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell of origin that one chooses to indicate. One way to indicate a cell is by forming a logical conjunction of positive and negative basis features, that is, by constructing an expression of the form \(e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k,\) where \(e_j = x_j ~\text{or}~ e_j = \texttt{(} x_j \texttt{)},\) for \(j = 1 ~\text{to}~ k.\) The proposition \(\texttt{(} e_1, \ldots, e_k \texttt{)}\) indicates the disjunctive region consisting of the cells that are just next door to \(e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k.\)

Note 12

Consider what effects that might conceivably have practical bearings you conceive the objects of your conception to have. Then, your conception of those effects is the whole of your conception of the object.

— Charles Sanders Peirce, "Issues of Pragmaticism", (CP 5.438)

One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point, while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind, is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly known in mathematics as representation principles. As it turns out, with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what would ordinarily be known as a closure principle. We will consider the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.

Let us return to the example of the four-group \(V_4.\!\) We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations, namely, as a transformation group that acts on a set of objects, in this case a set of sixteen functions or propositions. Forgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational structure, for example, in the form of the group operation table copied here:


\(\cdot\)

\(\operatorname{e}\)

\(\operatorname{f}\)

\(\operatorname{g}\)

\(\operatorname{h}\)

\(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\)
\(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{g}\)
\(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\)
\(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{e}\)


This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions with the \(\operatorname{E}_{ij}\) operators and the \(\operatorname{T}_{ij}\) transformations that we took up earlier. That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have been changed. An abstract group can have a variety of significantly and superficially different representations. But even after we have long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is a type of concrete representations, called regular representations, that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the mere data of the abstract operation table itself.

To see how a regular representation is constructed from the abstract operation table, select a group element from the top margin of the Table, and "consider its effects" on each of the group elements as they are listed along the left margin. We may record these effects as Peirce usually did, as a logical aggregate of elementary dyadic relatives, that is, as a logical disjunction or boolean sum whose terms represent the ordered pairs of \(\operatorname{input} : \operatorname{output}\) transactions that are produced by each group element in turn. This forms one of the two possible regular representations of the group, in this case the one that is called the post-regular representation or the right regular representation. It has long been conventional to organize the terms of this logical aggregate in the form of a matrix:

Reading "\(+\!\)" as a logical disjunction:

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{G} & = & \operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h} \end{matrix}\)

And so, by expanding effects, we get:

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{G} & = & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{h} \'"`UNIQ-MathJax2-QINU`"' is the relate, \(j\!\) is the correlate, and in our current example \(i\!:\!j,\) or more exactly, \(m_{ij} = 1,\!\) is taken to say that \(i\!\) is a marker for \(j.\!\) This is the mode of reading that we call "multiplying on the left".

In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of reading, although still calling \(i\!\) the relate and \(j\!\) the correlate, the elementary relative \(i\!:\!j\) now means that \(i\!\) gets changed into \(j.\!\) In this scheme of reading, the transformation \(a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a\) is a permutation of the aggregate \(\mathbf{1} = a + b + c,\) or what we would now call the set \(\{ a, b, c \},\!\) in particular, it is the permutation that is otherwise notated as follows:

\(\begin{Bmatrix} a & b & c \\ b & c & a \end{Bmatrix}\)

This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in the paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324–327).

Note 16

We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the operationalization of ideas. The basic idea is to replace the question of What it is, which modest people comprehend is far beyond their powers to answer definitively any time soon, with the question of What it does, which most people know at least a modicum about.

In the case of regular representations of groups we found a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through. So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.

Here is is the operation table of \(V_4\!\) once again:


\(\text{Klein Four-Group}~ V_4\)
\(\cdot\)

\(\operatorname{e}\)

\(\operatorname{f}\)

\(\operatorname{g}\)

\(\operatorname{h}\)

\(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\)
\(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{g}\)
\(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\)
\(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{e}\)


A group operation table is really just a device for recording a certain 3-adic relation, to be specific, the set of triples of the form \((x, y, z)\!\) satisfying the equation \(x \cdot y = z.\)

In the case of \(V_4 = (G, \cdot),\) where \(G\!\) is the underlying set \(\{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h} \},\) we have the 3-adic relation \(L(V_4) \subseteq G \times G \times G\) whose triples are listed below:

\(\begin{matrix} (\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}) & (\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}) & (\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}) & (\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h}) \\[6pt] (\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}) & (\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}) & (\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}) & (\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g}) \\[6pt] (\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}) & (\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}) & (\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}) & (\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f}) \\[6pt] (\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}) & (\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}) & (\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}) & (\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e}) \end{matrix}\)

It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation \(L \subseteq G^3\) is actually a function \(L : G \times G \to G.\) It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations. Since we have a function of the type \(L : G \times G \to G,\) we can define a couple of substitution operators:

1. \(\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((\underline{~~}, y),\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((x, y)\!\) that evaluates to \(xy.\!\)
2. \(\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((y, \underline{~~}),\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((y, x)\!\) that evaluates to \(yx.\!\)

In (1) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((\underline{~~}, y),\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((\underline{~~}, y)\) into \(xy,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\) The pairs \((y : xy)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run across the top margin. This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular ante-representation:

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{e} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h} \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g} \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f} \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e} \end{matrix}\)

In (2) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((y, \underline{~~}),\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((y, \underline{~~})\) into \(yx,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\) The pairs \((y : yx)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the top margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run down the left margin. This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular post-representation:

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{e} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h} \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g} \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f} \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e} \end{matrix}\)

If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep, now that I'm writing them in the same dialect, that is because \(V_4\!\) is abelian (commutative), and so the two representations have the very same effects on each point of their bearing.

Note 17

So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of a non-abelian (non-commutative) group. This is a group of six elements, say, \(G = \{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{i}, \operatorname{j} \},\!\) with no relation to any other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course, and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group on a set of three letters, say, \(X = \{ a, b, c \},\!\) usually notated as \(G = \operatorname{Sym}(X)\) or more abstractly and briefly, as \(\operatorname{Sym}(3)\) or \(S_3.\!\) The next Table shows the intended correspondence between abstract group elements and the permutation or substitution operations in \(\operatorname{Sym}(X).\)


\(\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\)
\(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{i}\) \(\operatorname{j}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & b & c \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & a & b \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & c & a \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & c & b \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & b & a \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & a & c \end{matrix}\)


Here is the operation table for \(S_3,\!\) given in abstract fashion:

\(\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\)
Symmetric Group S(3).jpg

By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group \(S_3\!\) again when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324–327), and also his late unpublished work "The Simplest Mathematics" (1902) (CP 4.227–323), with particular reference to the section that treats of "Trichotomic Mathematics" (CP 4.307–323).

Note 18

By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group \(V_4,\!\) let us write out as quickly as possible in relative form a minimal budget of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, \(\operatorname{Sym}(3).\) After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details of Peirce's early "Algebra + Logic" papers.

Writing the permutations or substitutions of \(\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\) in relative form generates what is generally thought of as a natural representation of \(S_3.\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{e} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!c \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \operatorname{i} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \operatorname{j} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!c \end{matrix}\)

I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural representation of \(S_3\!\) in the style that comes most naturally to me, to wit, the "right" way, whereby an ordered pair configured as \(x\!:\!y\) constitutes the turning of \(x\!\) into \(y.\!\) It is possible that the next time we check in with CSP we will have to adjust our sense of direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we come to it.

Note 19

To construct the regular representations of \(S_3,\!\) we begin with the data of its operation table:

\(\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\)
Symmetric Group S(3).jpg

Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing, let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:

It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation \(L \subseteq G^3\) is actually a function \(L : G \times G \to G.\) It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.

Since we have a function of the type \(L : G \times G \to G,\) we can define a couple of substitution operators:

1. \(\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((\underline{~~}, y),\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((x, y)\!\) that evaluates to \(xy.\!\)
2. \(\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((y, \underline{~~}),\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((y, x)\!\) that evaluates to \(yx.\!\)

In (1) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((\underline{~~}, y),\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((\underline{~~}, y)\) into \(xy,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\) The pairs \((y : xy)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run along the right margin. This produces the regular ante-representation of \(S_3,\!\) like so:

\(\begin{array}{*{13}{c}} \operatorname{e} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j} \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i} \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h} \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g} \\[4pt] \operatorname{i} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f} \\[4pt] \operatorname{j} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e} \end{array}\)

In (2) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((y, \underline{~~}),\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((y, \underline{~~})\) into \(yx,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\) The pairs \((y : yx)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) on the right margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run along the left margin. This produces the regular post-representation of \(S_3,\!\) like so:

\(\begin{array}{*{13}{c}} \operatorname{e} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j} \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h} \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i} \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f} \\[4pt] \operatorname{i} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g} \\[4pt] \operatorname{j} & = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j} & + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i} & + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h} & + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g} & + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f} & + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e} \end{array}\)

If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep, it is just as it should be, as \(S_3\!\) is non-abelian (non-commutative), and so the two representations differ in the details of their practical effects, though, of course, being representations of the same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.

Note 20

 

the way of heaven and earth
is to be long continued
in their operation
without stopping

  — i ching, hexagram 32

The Reader may be wondering what happened to the announced subject of Dynamics And Logic. What happened was a bit like this:

We made the observation that the shift operators \(\{ \operatorname{E}_{ij} \}\) form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of the form \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.\) Group theory is a very attractive subject, but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might initially think. For one thing, groups, especially the groups that are named after the Norwegian mathematician Marius Sophus Lie (1842–1899), have turned out to be of critical utility in the solution of differential equations. For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with which we have barely begun to break the ice. Finally, I couldn't resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.

Note 21

We've seen a couple of groups, \(V_4\!\) and \(S_3,\!\) represented in various ways, and we've seen their representations presented in a variety of different manners. Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting a representation that is frequently seen, the so-called matrix representation of a group.

Recalling the manner of our acquaintance with the symmetric group \(S_3,\!\) we began with the bigraph (bipartite graph) picture of its natural representation as the set of all permutations or substitutions on the set \(X = \{ a, b, c \}.\!\)


\(\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\)
\(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{i}\) \(\operatorname{j}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & b & c \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & a & b \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & c & a \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & c & b \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & b & a \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & a & c \end{matrix}\)


These permutations were then converted to relative form as logical sums of elementary relatives:

\(\begin{matrix} \operatorname{e} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!c \\[4pt] \operatorname{f} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \operatorname{g} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \operatorname{h} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \operatorname{i} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \operatorname{j} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!c \end{matrix}\)

From the relational representation of \(\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \} \cong S_3,\) one easily derives a linear representation of the group by viewing each permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements of a suitable vector space onto each other. Each of these linear transformations is in turn represented by a 2-dimensional array of coefficients in \(\mathbb{B},\) resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:


\(\text{Matrix Representations of Permutations in}~ \operatorname{Sym}(3)\)
\(\operatorname{e}\) \(\operatorname{f}\) \(\operatorname{g}\) \(\operatorname{h}\) \(\operatorname{i}\) \(\operatorname{j}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{matrix}\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{matrix}\)


The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and overlaid on a place-mat marked like so:

\(\begin{bmatrix} a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c \\ b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c \\ c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c \end{bmatrix}\)

Note 22

Let us summarize, in rough but intuitive terms, the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far. We've been considering a class of operators on universes of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one universe of discourse, \(X^\circ,\) to considering a larger universe of discourse, \(\operatorname{E}X^\circ.\) An operator \(\operatorname{W}\) of this general type, namely,\(\operatorname{W} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ,\) acts on each proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) of the source universe \(X^\circ\) to produce a proposition \(\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) of the target universe \(\operatorname{E}X^\circ.\)

The two main operators that we've examined so far are the enlargement or shift operator \(\operatorname{E} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ\) and the difference operator \(\operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ.\) The operators \(\operatorname{E}\) and \(\operatorname{D}\) act on propositions in \(X^\circ,\) that is, propositions of the form \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) that are said to be about the subject matter of \(X,\!\) and they produce extended propositions of the forms \(\operatorname{E}f, \operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\) propositions whose extended sets of variables allow them to be read as being about specified collections of changes that conceivably occur in \(X.\!\)

At this point we find ourselves in need of visual representations, suitable arrays of concrete pictures to anchor our more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our wits about us as we venture higher into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.

One good picture comes to us by way of the field concept. Given a space \(X,\!\) a field of a specified type \(Y\!\) over \(X\!\) is formed by associating with each point of \(X\!\) an object of type \(Y.\!\) If that sounds like the same thing as a function from \(X\!\) to the space of things of type \(Y\!\) — it is nothing but — and yet it does seem helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem of this field idea.

In the field picture, a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) becomes a scalar field, that is, a field of values in \(\mathbb{B}.\)

Let us take a moment to view an old proposition in this new light, for example, the logical conjunction \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\) pictured in Figure 22-a.

Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 22-a. Conjunction}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\)

Each of the operators \(\operatorname{E}, \operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ\) takes us from considering propositions \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\) here viewed as scalar fields over \(X,\!\) to considering the corresponding differential fields over \(X,\!\) analogous to what are usually called vector fields over \(X.\!\)

The structure of these differential fields can be described this way. With each point of \(X\!\) there is associated an object of the following type: a proposition about changes in \(X,\!\) that is, a proposition \(g : \operatorname{d}X \to \mathbb{B}.\) In this frame of reference, if \(X^\circ\) is the universe that is generated by the set of coordinate propositions \(\{ p, q \},\!\) then \(\operatorname{d}X^\circ\) is the differential universe that is generated by the set of differential propositions \(\{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}.\) These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, p \, {}^{\prime\prime}\) and \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, q \, {}^{\prime\prime},\) respectively.

A differential operator \(\operatorname{W},\) of the first order class that we have been considering, takes a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) and gives back a differential proposition \(\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\) In the field view, we see the proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\) as a scalar field and we see the differential proposition \(\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) as a vector field, specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in \(X.\!\)

The field of changes produced by \(\operatorname{E}\) on \(pq\!\) is shown in Figure 22-b.

Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 22-b. Enlargement}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{E}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\)

The differential field \(\operatorname{E}(pq)\) specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of \(X\!\) in order to reach one of the models of the proposition \(pq,\!\) that is, in order to satisfy the proposition \(pq.\!\)

The field of changes produced by \(\operatorname{D}\!\) on \(pq\!\) is shown in Figure 22-c.

Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 22-c. Difference}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{D}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(}q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \end{array}\)

The differential field \(\operatorname{D}(pq)\) specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of \(X\!\) in order to feel a change in the felt value of the field \(pq.\!\)

Note 23

I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic, which arose from exploring the connections between dynamics and logic, but I also wanted to give some hint of the applications that have motivated this work all along. One of these applications is to cybernetic systems, whether we see these systems as agents or cultures, individuals or species, organisms or organizations.

A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them. It has a state space \(X,\!\) giving us all of the states that the system can be in, plus it has a goal space \(G \subseteq X,\) the set of states that the system "likes" to be in, in other words, the distinguished subset of possible states where the system is regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question. As for actions, there is to begin with the full set \(\mathcal{T}\) of all possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form \(T : X \to X,\) but a given cybernetic system will most likely have but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time. And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting on the whole state space \(X,\!\) we quickly find a need to analyze and approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally. The preferred measure of "simplicity" will of course vary from one paradigm of research to another.

A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure 23.

o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
|                                                                     |
|   X                                                                 |
|            o-------------------o                                    |
|           /                     \                                   |
|          /                       \                                  |
|         /                         \                                 |
|        /                           \                                |
|       /                             \                               |
|      /                               \                              |
|     /                                 \                             |
|    o                 G                 o                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                        o<---------T---------o                  |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    o                                   o                            |
|     \                                 /                             |
|      \                               /                              |
|       \                             /                               |
|        \                           /                                |
|         \                         /                                 |
|          \                       /                                  |
|           \                     /                                   |
|            o-------------------o                                    |
|                                                                     |
|                                                                     |
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System

Note 24

Now that we've introduced the field picture as an aid to thinking about propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of picturing the relationships among a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\) its enlargement or shift map \(\operatorname{E}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\) and its difference map \(\operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) can now be drawn.

To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential analysis of the conjunctive proposition \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) giving the development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.

Figure 24-1 shows the proposition \(pq\!\) once again, which we now view as a scalar field — analogous to a potential hill in physics, but in logic tantamount to a potential plateau — where the shaded region indicates an elevation of 1 and the unshaded region indicates an elevation of 0.

Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 24-1. Proposition}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\)

Given a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\) the tacit extension of \(f\!\) to \(\operatorname{E}X\) is denoted \(\varepsilon f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) and defined by the equation \(\varepsilon f = f,\) so it's really just the same proposition residing in a bigger universe. Tacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a function on a particular set of variables can be extended to a function on a superset of those variables in such a way that the new function obeys the same constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on the new variables.

Figure 24-2 shows the tacit extension of the scalar field \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\) to the differential field \(\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\)

Field Picture PQ Tacit Extension Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 24-2. Tacit Extension}~ \varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \varepsilon (pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\)

Note 25

Continuing with the example \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B},\) Figure 25-1 shows the enlargement or shift map \(\operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) in the same style of differential field picture that we drew for the tacit extension \(\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\)

Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 25-1. Enlargement Map}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{E}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\)

A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here, almost tacitly, as it were. Generally speaking, having a set of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the two differential fields \(\varepsilon f\) and \(\operatorname{E}f,\) both of the type \(\operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\) is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.

In this case one notices that the tacit extension \(\varepsilon f\) and the enlargement \(\operatorname{E}f\) are in a certain sense dual to each other. The tacit extension \(\varepsilon f\) indicates all the arrows out of the region where \(f\!\) is true and the enlargement \(\operatorname{E}f\) indicates all the arrows into the region where \(f\!\) is true. The only arc they have in common is the no-change loop \(\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}\) at \(pq.\!\) If we add the two sets of arcs in mod 2 fashion then the loop of multiplicity 2 zeroes out, leaving the 6 arrows of \(\operatorname{D}(pq) = \varepsilon(pq) + \operatorname{E}(pq)\) that are illustrated in Figure 25-2.

Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 25-2. Difference Map}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{D}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(}q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \end{array}\)

Note 26

If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series of the proposition \(f = pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\) in the following way.

Figure 26-1 shows the differential proposition \(\operatorname{d}f = \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\) that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the difference map \(\operatorname{D}f = \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\) This is the logical analogue of what would ordinarily be called the differential of \(pq,\!\) but since I've been attaching the adjective differential to just about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost. For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative name tangent map for \(\operatorname{d}f.\!\)

Field Picture PQ Differential Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 26-1. Tangent Map}~ \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

Just to be clear about what's being indicated here, it's a visual way of summarizing the following data:

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{d}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{,} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \operatorname{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \operatorname{d}p \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & 0 \end{array}\)

To understand the extended interpretations, that is, the conjunctions of basic and differential features that are being indicated here, it may help to note the following equivalences:

\(\begin{matrix} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{,} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} & = & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} & + & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] dp & = & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} & + & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] \operatorname{d}q & = & \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} & + & \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~} \end{matrix}\)

Capping the series that analyzes the proposition \(pq\!\) in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions, Figure 26-2 shows the remainder map \(\operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\) that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.

Field Picture PQ Remainder Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Figure 26-2. Remainder Map}~ \operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\)

Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \operatorname{r}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q \end{array}\)

In short, \(\operatorname{r}(pq)\) is a constant field, having the value \(\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q\) at each cell.

Further Reading

A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:

Document History

Ontology List (Apr–Jul 2002)

  1. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04040.html
  2. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04041.html
  3. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04045.html
  4. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04046.html
  5. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04047.html
  6. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04048.html
  7. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04052.html
  8. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04054.html
  9. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04055.html
  10. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04067.html
  11. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04068.html
  12. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04069.html
  13. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04070.html
  14. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04072.html
  15. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04073.html
  16. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04074.html
  17. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04077.html
  18. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04079.html
  19. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04080.html
  20. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04268.html
  21. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04269.html
  22. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04272.html
  23. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04273.html
  24. http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04290.html

Inquiry List (May & Jul 2004)

  1. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001400.html
  2. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001401.html
  3. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001402.html
  4. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001403.html
  5. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001404.html
  6. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001405.html
  7. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001406.html
  8. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001407.html
  9. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001408.html
  10. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001410.html
  11. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001411.html
  12. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001412.html
  13. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001413.html
  14. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001415.html
  15. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001416.html
  16. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001418.html
  17. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
  18. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001420.html
  19. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001421.html
  20. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001422.html
  21. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001423.html
  22. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001424.html
  23. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001685.html
  24. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001686.html
  25. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001687.html
  26. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001688.html

NKS Forum (May & Jul 2004)

  1. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
  2. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1285#post1285
  3. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1289#post1289
  4. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1292#post1292
  5. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1293#post1293
  6. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1294#post1294
  7. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1296#post1296
  8. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1299#post1299
  9. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1301#post1301
  10. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1304#post1304
  11. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1307#post1307
  12. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1309#post1309
  13. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1311#post1311
  14. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1314#post1314
  15. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1315#post1315
  16. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1318#post1318
  17. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
  18. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1323#post1323
  19. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1326#post1326
  20. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1327#post1327
  21. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1330#post1330
  22. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1331#post1331
  23. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1598#post1598
  24. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1601#post1601
  25. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
  26. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603